公司理财(英文版)题库
(完整word版)公司理财(英文版)题库8
CHAPTER 8Making Capital Investment Decisions I. DEFINITIONSINCREMENTAL CASH FLOWSa 1. The changes in a firm’s future cash flows that are a direct consequence of accepting aproject are called _____ cash flows.a. incrementalb. stand-alonec. after-taxd. net present valuee. erosionDifficulty level: EasyEQUIVALENT ANNUAL COSTe 2. The annual annuity stream of payments with the same present value as a project’s costsis called the project’s _____ cost.a. incrementalb. sunkc. opportunityd. erosione. equivalent annualDifficulty level: EasySUNK COSTSc 3. A cost that has already been paid, or the liability to pay has already been incurred, isa(n):a. salvage value expense.b. net working capital expense.c. sunk cost.d. opportunity cost.e. erosion cost.Difficulty level: EasyOPPORTUNITY COSTSd 4. The most valuable investment given up if an alternative investment is chosen is a(n):a. salvage value expense.b. net working capital expense.c. sunk cost.d. opportunity cost.e. erosion cost.Difficulty level: EasyEROSION COSTSe 5. The cash flows of a new project that come at the expense of a firm’s existing projectsare called:a. salvage value expenses.b. net working capital expenses.c. sunk costs.d. opportunity costs.e. erosion costs.Difficulty level: EasyPRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTSa 6. A pro forma financial statement is one that:a. projects future years’ operations.b. is expressed as a percentage of the total assets of the firm.c. is expressed as a percentage of the total sales of the firm.d. is expressed relative to a chosen base year’s financial statement.e. reflects the past and current operations of the firm.Difficulty level: EasyMACRS DEPRECIATIONb 7. The depreciation method currently allowed under US tax law governing the acceleratedwrite-off of property under various lifetime classifications is called _____ depreciation.a. FIFOb. MACRSc. straight-lined. sum-of-years digitse. curvilinearDifficulty level: EasyDEPRECIATION TAX SHIELDc 8. The cash flow tax savings generated as a result of a firm’s tax-deductible depreciationexpense is called the:a. after-tax depreciation savings.b. depreciable basis.c. depreciation tax shield.d. operating cash flow.e. after-tax salvage value.Difficulty level: EasyCASH FLOWd 9. The cash flow from projects for a company is computed as the:a. net operating cash flow generated by the project, less any sunk costs and erosion costs.b. sum of the incremental operating cash flow and after-tax salvage value of the project.c. net income generated by the project, plus the annual depreciation expense.d. sum of the incremental operating cash flow, capital spending, and net working capitalexpenses incurred by the project.e. sum of the sunk costs, opportunity costs, and erosion costs of the project.Difficulty level: MediumII. CONCEPTSPRO FORMA INCOME STATEMENTb 10. The pro forma income statement for a cost reduction project:a. will reflect a reduction in the sales of the firm.b. will generally reflect no incremental sales.c. has to be prepared reflecting the total sales and expenses of a firm.d. cannot be prepared due to the lack of any project related sales.e. will always reflect a negative project operating cash flow.Difficulty level: EasyINCREMENTAL CASH FLOWb 11. One purpose of identifying all of the incremental cash flows related to a proposedproject is to:a. isolate the total sunk costs so they can be evaluated to determine if the project willadd value to the firm.b. eliminate any cost which has previously been incurred so that it can be omitted fromthe analysis of the project.c. make each project appear as profitable as possible for the firm.d. include both the proposed and the current operations of a firm in the analysis of theproject.e. identify any and all changes in the cash flows of the firm for the past year so they canbe included in the analysis.Difficulty level: MediumINCREMENTAL CASH FLOWe 12. Which of the following are examples of an incremental cash flow?I. an increase in accounts receivableII. a decrease in net working capitalIII. an increase in taxesIV. a decrease in the cost of goods solda. I and III onlyb. III and IV onlyc. I and IV onlyd. I, III, and IV onlye. I, II, III, and IVDifficulty level: MediumINCREMENTAL CASH FLOWc 13. Which one of the following is an example of an incremental cash flow?a. the annual salary of the company president which is a contractual obligationb. the rent on a warehouse which is currently being utilizedc. the rent on some new machinery that is required for an upcoming projectd. the property taxes on the currently owned warehouse which has been sitting idle butis going to be utilized for a new projecte. the insurance on a company-owned building which will be utilized for a new projectDifficulty level: MediumINCREMENTAL COSTSd 14. Project analysis is focused on _____ costs.a. sunkb. totalc. variabled. incrementale. fixedDifficulty level: MediumSUNK COSTc 15. Sunk costs include any cost that:a. will change if a project is undertaken.b. will be incurred if a project is accepted.c. has previously been incurred and cannot be changed.d. is paid to a third party and cannot be refunded for any reason whatsoever.e. will occur if a project is accepted and once incurred, cannot be recouped.Difficulty level: EasySUNK COSTd 16. You spent $500 last week fixing the transmission in your car. Now, the brakes areacting up and you are trying to decide whether to fix them or trade the car in for anewer model. In analyzing the brake situation, the $500 you spent fixing thetransmission is a(n) _____ cost.a. opportunityb. fixedc. incrementald. sunke. relevantDifficulty level: EasyEROSIONb 17. Erosion can be explained as the:a. additional income generated from the sales of a newly added product.b. loss of current sales due to a new project being implemented.c. loss of revenue due to employee theft.d. loss of revenue due to customer theft.e. loss of cash due to the expenses required to fix a parking lot after a heavy rain storm.Difficulty level: EasyEROSIONa 18. Which of the following are examples of erosion?I. the loss of sales due to increased competition in the product marketII. the loss of sales because your chief competitor just opened a store across the street from your storeIII. the loss of sales due to a new product which you recently introducedIV. the loss of sales due to a new product recently introduced by your competitora. III onlyb. III and IV onlyc. I, III and IV onlyd. II and IV onlye. I, II, III, and IVDifficulty level: MediumTYPES OF COSTSd 19. Which of the following should be included in the analysis of a project?I. sunk costsII. opportunity costsIII. erosion costsIV. incremental costsa. I and II onlyb. III and IV onlyc. II and IV onlyd. II, III, and IV onlye. I, II, and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumNET WORKING CAPITALd 20. All of the following are anticipated effects of a proposed project. Which of theseshould be included in the initial project cash flow related to net working capital?I. an inventory decrease of $5,000II. an increase in accounts receivable of $1,500III. an increase in fixed assets of $7,600IV. a decrease in accounts payable of $2,100a. I and II onlyb. I and III onlyc. II and IV onlyd. I, II, and IV onlye. I, II, III, and IVDifficulty level: MediumNET WORKING CAPITALa 21. Changes in the net working capital:a. can affect the cash flows of a project every year of the project’s life.b. only affect the initial cash flows of a project.c. are included in project analysis only if they represent cash outflows.d. are generally excluded from project analysis due to their irrelevance to the totalproject.e. affect the initial and the final cash flows of a project but not the cash flows of themiddle years.Difficulty level: MediumNET WORKING CAPITALc 22. Which one of the following will decrease net working capital of a firm?a. a decrease in accounts payableb. an increase in inventoryc. a decrease in accounts receivabled. an increase in the firm’s checking account balancee. a decrease in fixed assetsDifficulty level: EasyNET WORKING CAPITALd 23. Net working capital:a. can be ignored in project analysis because any expenditure is normally recouped by theend of the project.b. requirements generally, but not always, create a cash inflow at the beginning of aproject.c. expenditures commonly occur at the end of a project.d. is frequently affected by the additional sales generated by a new project.e. is the only expenditure where at least a partial recovery can be made at the end of aproject.Difficulty level: EasyMACRSd 24. A company which uses the MACRS system of depreciation:a. will have equal depreciation costs each year of an asset’s life.b. will expense the cost of nonresidential real estate over a period of 7 years.c. can depreciate the cost of land, if they so desire.d. will write off the entire cost of an asset over the asset’s class life.e. cannot expense any of the cost of a new asset during the first year of the asset’s life.Difficulty level: EasyMACRSa 25. Bet ‘r Bilt Toys just purchased some MACRS 5-year property at a cost of $230,000.Which of the following will correctly give you the book value of this equipment at theend of year 2?MACRS 5-year propertyYear Rate1 20.00%2 32.00%3 19.20%4 11.52%5 11.52%6 5.76%I. 52% of the asset costII. 48% of the asset costIII. 68% of 80% of the asset costIV. the asset cost, minus 20% of the asset cost, minus 32% of 80% of the asset costa. II onlyb. III and IV onlyc. I and III onlyd. II and IV onlye. I, II, III, and IVDifficulty level: EasyMACRSe 26. Will Do, Inc. just purchased some equipment at a cost of $650,000. What is theproper methodology for computing the depreciation expense for year 3 if theequipment is classified as 5-year property for MACRS?MACRS 5-year propertyYear Rate1 20.00%2 32.00%3 19.20%4 11.52%5 11.52%6 5.76%a. $650,000 ⨯ (1-.20) ⨯ (1-.32) ⨯ (1-.192)b. $650,000 ⨯ (1-.20) ⨯ (1-.32)c. $650,000 ⨯ (1+.20) ⨯ (1+.32) ⨯ (1+.192)d. $650,000 ⨯ (1-.192)e. $650,000 ⨯ .192Difficulty level: MediumBOOK VALUEd 27. The book value of an asset is primarily used to compute the:a. annual depreciation tax shield.b. amount of cash received from the sale of an asset.c. amount of tax saved annually due to the depreciation expense.d. amount of tax due on the sale of an asset.e. change in depreciation needed to reflect the market value of the asset.Difficulty level: EasySALVAGE VALUEc 28. The salvage value of an asset creates an after-tax cash inflow to the firm in an amountequal to the:a. sales price of the asset.b. sales price minus the book value.c. sales price minus the tax due based on the sales price minus the book value.d. sales price plus the tax due based on the sales price minus the book value.e. sales price plus the tax due based on the book value minus the sales price.Difficulty level: EasySALVAGE VALUEe 29. The pre-tax salvage value of an asset is equal to the:a. book value if straight-line depreciation is used.b. book value if MACRS depreciation is used.c. market value minus the book value.d. book value minus the market value.e. market value.Difficulty level: EasyPROJECT OCFa 30. A project’s operating cash flow will increase when:a. the depreciation expense increases.b. the sales projections are lowered.c. the interest expense is lowered.d. the net working capital requirement increases.e. the earnings before interest and taxes decreases.Difficulty level: EasyPROJECT CASH FLOWSc 31. The cash flows of a project should:a. be computed on a pre-tax basis.b. include all sunk costs and opportunity costs.c. include all incremental costs, including opportunity costs.d. be applied to the year when the related expense or income is recognized by GAAP.e. include all financing costs related to new debt acquired to finance the project.Difficulty level: EasyPROJECT OCFa 32. Which of the following are correct methods for computing the operating cash flow ofa project assuming that the interest expense is equal to zero?I. EBIT + Depreciation - TaxesII. EBIT + Depreciation + TaxesIII. Net Income + DepreciationIV. (Sales – Costs) ⨯ (Taxes + Depreciation) ⨯ (1-Taxes)a. I and III onlyb. II and IV onlyc. II and III onlyd. I, III, and IV onlye. II, III, and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumBOTTOM-UP OCFb 33. The bottom-up approach to computing the operating cash flow applies only when:a. both the depreciation expense and the interest expense are equal to zero.b. the interest expense is equal to zero.c. the project is a cost-cutting project.d. no fixed assets are required for the project.e. taxes are ignored and the interest expense is equal to zero.Difficulty level: MediumTOP-DOWN OCFa 34. The top-down approach to computing the operating cash flow:a. ignores all noncash items.b. applies only if a project produces sales.c. can only be used if the entire cash flows of a firm are included.d. is equal to sales - costs - taxes + depreciation.e. includes the interest expense related to a project.Difficulty level: MediumTAX SHIELDd 35. An increase in which one of the following will increase the operating cash flow?a. employee salariesb. office rentc. building maintenanced. equipment depreciatione. equipment rentalDifficulty level: EasyTAX SHIELDc 36. Tax shield refers to a reduction in taxes created by:a. a reduction in sales.b. an increase in interest expense.c. noncash expenses.d. a project’s incremental expenses.e. opportunity costs.Difficulty level: EasyCOST-CUTTINGc 37. A project which is designed to improve the manufacturing efficiency of a firm but willgenerate no additional sales is referred to as a(n) _____ project.a. sunk costb. opportunityc. cost-cuttingd. revenue-cuttinge. revenue-generatingDifficulty level: EasyEQUIVALENT ANNUAL COSTc 38. Toni’s Tools is comparing machines to determine which one to purchase. Themachines sell for differing prices, have differing operating costs, differing machinelives, and will be replaced when worn out. These machines should be compared using:a. net present value only.b. both net present value and the internal rate of return.c. their effective annual costs.d. the depreciation tax shield approach.e. the replacement parts approach.Difficulty level: MediumEQUIVALENT ANNUAL COSTe 39. The equivalent annual cost method is useful in determining:a. the annual operating cost of a machine if the annual maintenance is performed versuswhen the maintenance is not performed as recommended.b. the tax shield benefits of depreciation given the purchase of new assets for a project.c. operating cash flows for cost-cutting projects of equal duration.d. which one of two machines to acquire given equal machine lives but unequal machinecosts.e. which one of two machines to purchase when the machines are mutually exclusive,have different machine lives, and will be replaced once they are worn out.Difficulty level: MediumIII. PROBLEMSRELEVANT CASH FLOWSd 40. Marshall’s & Co. purchased a corner lot in Eglon City five y ears ago at a cost of$640,000. The lot was recently appraised at $810,000. At the time of the purchase, thecompany spent $50,000 to grade the lot and another $4,000 to build a small buildingon the lot to house a parking lot attendant who has overseen the use of the lot for dailycommuter parking. The company now wants to build a new retail store on the site. Thebuilding cost is estimated at $1.2 million. What amount should be used as the initialcash flow for this building project?a. $1,200,000b. $1,840,000c. $1,890,000d. $2,010,000e. $2,060,000Difficulty level: MediumRELEVANT CASH FLOWSe 41. Jamestown Ltd. currently produces boat sails and is considering expanding itsoperations to include awnings for homes and travel trailers. The company owns landbeside its current manufacturing facility that could be used for the expansion. Thecompany bought this land ten years ago at a cost of $250,000. Today, the land isvalued at $425,000. The grading and excavation work necessary to build on the landwill cost $15,000. The company currently has some unused equipment which itcurrently owns valued at $60,000. This equipment could be used for producingawnings if $5,000 is spent for equipment modifications. Other equipment costing$780,000 will also be required. What is the amount of the initial cash flow for thisexpansion project?a. $800,000b. $1,050,000c. $1,110,000d. $1,225,000e. $1,285,000Difficulty level: MediumRELEVANT CASH FLOWSb 42. Wilbert’s, Inc. paid $90,000, in cash, for a piece of equipment three years ago. Lastyear, the company spent $10,000 to update the equipment with the latest technology.The company no longer uses this equipment in their current operations and hasreceived an offer of $50,000 from a firm who would like to purchase it. Wilbert’s isdebating whether to sell the equipment or to expand their operations such that theequipment can be used. When evaluating the expansion option, what value, if any,should Wilbert’s assign to this equipment as an initial cost of the project?a. $40,000b. $50,000c. $60,000d. $80,000e. $90,000Difficulty level: EasyRELEVANT CASH FLOWSa 43. Walks Softly, Inc. sells customized shoes. Currently, they sell 10,000 pairs of shoesannually at an average price of $68 a pair. They are considering adding a lower-pricedline of shoes which sell for $49 a pair. Walks Softly estimates they can sell 5,000 pairsof the lower-priced shoes but will sell 1,000 less pairs of the higher-priced shoes bydoing so. What is the amount of the sales that should be used when evaluating theaddition of the lower-priced shoes?a. $177,000b. $245,000c. $313,000d. $789,000e. $857,000Difficulty level: MediumOPPORTUNITY COSTc 44. Your firm purchased a warehouse for $335,000 six years ago. Four years ago, repairswere made to the building which cost $60,000. The annual taxes on the property are$20,000. The warehouse has a current book value of $268,000 and a market value of$295,000. The warehouse is totally paid for and solely owned by your firm. If thecompany decides to assign this warehouse to a new project, what value, if any, shouldbe included in the initial cash flow of the project for this building?a. $0b. $268,000c. $295,000d. $395,000e. $515,000Difficulty level: EasyOPPORTUNITY COSTd 45. You own a house that you rent for $1,200 a month. The maintenance expenses onthe house average $200 a month. The house cost $89,000 when you purchased itseveral years ago. A recent appraisal on the house valued it at $210,000. The annualproperty taxes are $5,000. If you sell the house you will incur $20,000 in expenses.You are deciding whether to sell the house or convert it for your own use as aprofessional office. What value should you place on this house when analyzing theoption of using it as a professional office?a. $89,000b. $120,000c. $185,000d. $190,000e. $210,000Difficulty level: MediumOPPORTUNITY COSTc 46. Big Joe’s owns a manufacturing facility that is currently sitting idle. The facility islocated on a piece of land that originally cost $129,000. The facility itself cost$650,000 to build. As of now, the book value of the land and the facility are $129,000and $186,500, respectively. Big Joe’s received an offer of $590,000 for the land andfacility last week. They rejected this offer even though they were told that it is areasonable offer in today’s market. If Big Joe’s were to consider using this land andfacility in a new project, what cost, if any, should they include in the project analysis?a. $0b. $315,500c. $590,000d. $650,000e. $779,000Difficulty level: EasyEROSION COSTb 47. Jamie’s Motor Home Sales currently sells 1,000 Class A motor homes, 2,500 Class Cmotor homes, and 4,000 pop-up trailers each year. Jamie is considering adding a mid-range camper and expects that if she does so she can sell 1,500 of them. However, ifthe new camper is added, Jamie expects that her Class A sales will decline to 950 unitswhile the Class C campers decline to 2,200. The sales of pop-ups will not be affected.Class A motor homes sell for an average of $125,000 each. Class C homes are pricedat $39,500 and the pop-ups sell for $5,000 each. The new mid-range camper will sellfor $47,900. What is the erosion cost?a. $6,250,000b. $18,100,000c. $53,750,000d. $93,150,000e. $118,789,500Difficulty level: MediumOCFe 48. Ernie’s E lectrical is evaluating a project which will increase sales by $50,000 andcosts by $30,000. The project will cost $150,000 and be depreciated straight-line to azero book value over the 10 year life of the project. The applicable tax rate is 34%.What is the operating cash flow for this project?a. $3,300b. $5,000c. $8,300d. $13,300e. $18,300Difficulty level: MediumOCFd 49. Kurt’s Kabinets is looking at a project that will require $80,000 in fixed assets andanother $20,000 in net working capital. The project is expected to produce sales of$110,000 with associated costs of $70,000. The project has a 4-year life. The companyuses straight-line depreciation to a zero book value over the life of the project. The taxrate is 35%. What is the operating cash flow for this project?a. $7,000b. $13,000c. $27,000d. $33,000e. $40,000Difficulty level: MediumBOTTOM-UP OCFc 50. Peter’s Boats has sales of $760,000 and a profit margin of 5%. The annualdepreciation expense is $80,000. What is the amount of the operating cash flow if thecompany has no long-term debt?a. $34,000b. $86,400c. $118,000d. $120,400e. $123,900Difficulty level: MediumBOTTOM-UP OCFd 51. Le Place has sales of $439,000, depreciation of $32,000, and net working capital of$56,000. The firm has a tax rate of 34% and a profit margin of 6%. Thefirm has no interest expense. What is the amount of the operating cash flow?a. $49,384b. $52,616c. $54,980d. $58,340e. $114,340Difficulty level: MediumTOP-DOWN OCFb 52. Ben’s Border Café is considering a project which will produce sales of $16,000 andincrease cash expenses by $10,000. If the project is implemented, taxes will increasefrom $23,000 to $24,500 and depreciation will increase from $4,000 to $5,500. Whatis the amount of the operating cash flow using the top-down approach?a. $4,000b. $4,500c. $6,000d. $7,500e. $8,500Difficulty level: MediumTOP-DOWN OCFc 53. Ronnie’s Coffee House i s considering a project which will produce sales of $6,000and increase cash expenses by $2,500. If the project is implemented, taxes willincrease by $1,300. The additional depreciation expense will be $1,000. An initial cashoutlay of $2,000 is required for net working capital. What is the amount of theoperating cash flow using the top-down approach?a. $200b. $1,500c. $2,200d. $3,500e. $4,200Difficulty level: MediumTAX SHIELD OCFc 54. A project will increase sales by $60,000 and cash expenses by $51,000. The projectwill cost $40,000 and be depreciated using straight-line depreciation to a zero bookvalue over the 4-year life of the project. The company has a marginal tax rate of 35%.What is the operating cash flow of the project using the tax shield approach?a. $5,850b. $8,650c. $9,350d. $9,700e. $10,350Difficulty level: MediumDEPRECIATION TAX SHIELDa 55. A project will increase sales by $140,000 and cash expenses by $95,000. The projectwill cost $100,000 and be depreciated using the straight-line method to a zero bookvalue over the 4-year life of the project. The company has a marginal tax rate of 34%.What is the value of the depreciation tax shield?a. $8,500b. $17,000c. $22,500d. $25,000e. $37,750Difficulty level: MediumMACRS DEPRECIATIONd 56. Sun Lee’s Furniture just purchased some fixed assets classified as 5-year property forMACRS. The assets cost $24,000. What is the amount of the depreciation expense forthe third year?MACRS 5-year propertyYear Rate1 20.00%2 32.00%3 19.20%4 11.52%5 11.52%6 5.76%a. $2,304b. $2,507c. $2,765d. $4,608e. $4,800Difficulty level: EasyMACRS DEPRECIATIONa 57. You just purchased some equipment that is classified as 5-year property for MACRS.The equipment cost $67,600. What will the book value of this equipment be at the endof three years should you decide to resell the equipment at that point in time?MACRS 5-year propertyYear Rate1 20.00%2 32.00%3 19.20%4 11.52%5 11.52%6 5.76%a. $19,468.80b. $20,280.20c. $27,040.00d. $48,131.20e. $48,672.00Difficulty level: MediumMACRS DEPRECIATIONd 58. LiCheng’s Enterprises just purchased some fixed assets that are classified as 3-yearproperty for MACRS. The assets cost $1,900. What is the amount of thedepreciation expense for year 2?MACRS 3-year propertyYear Rate1 33.33%2 44.44%3 14.82%4 7.41%a. $562.93b. $633.27c. $719.67d. $844.36e. $1,477.63Difficulty level: MediumMACRS DEPRECIATIONb 59. RP&A, Inc. purchased some fixed assets four years ago at a cost of $19,800. They nolonger need these assets so are going to sell them today at a price of $3,500. The assetsare classified as 5-year property for MACRS. What is the current book value of theseassets?MACRS 5-year propertyYear Rate1 20.00%2 32.00%3 19.20%4 11.52%5 11.52%6 5.76%a. $1,140.48b. $3,421.44c. $3,500.00d. $4,016.67e. $5,702.40Difficulty level: MediumSALVAGE VALUEa 60. You own some equipment which you purchased three years ago at a cost of $135,000.The equipment is 5-year property for MACRS. You are considering selling theequipment today for $82,500. Which one of the following statements is correct if yourtax rate is 34%?MACRS 5-year propertyYear Rate1 20.00%2 32.00%3 19.20%4 11.52%5 11.52%6 5.76%a. The tax due on the sale is $14,830.80.b. The book value today is $8,478.c. The book value today is $64,320.d. The taxable amount on the sale is $38,880.e. You will receive a tax refund of $13,219.20 as a result of this sale.。
公司理财(英文版)题库2说课讲解
公司理财(英文版)题库2CHAPTER 2Financial Statements & Cash Flow Multiple Choice Questions:I. DEFINITIONSBALANCE SHEETb 1. The financial statement showing a firm’s accounting value on a particular date is the:a. income statement.b. balance sheet.c. statement of cash flows.d. tax reconciliation statement.e. shareholders’ equity sheet.Difficulty level: EasyCURRENT ASSETSc 2. A current asset is:a. an item currently owned by the firm.b. an item that the firm expects to own within the next year.c. an item currently owned by the firm that will convert to cash within the next 12 months.d. the amount of cash on hand the firm currently shows on its balance sheet.e. the market value of all items currently owned by the firm.Difficulty level: EasyLONG-TERM DEBTb 3. The long-term debts of a firm are liabilities:a. that come due within the next 12 months.b. that do not come due for at least 12 months.c. owed to the firm’s suppliers.d. owed to the firm’s shareholde rs.e. the firm expects to incur within the next 12 months.Difficulty level: EasyNET WORKING CAPITALe 4. Net working capital is defined as:a. total liabilities minus shareholders’ equity.b. current liabilities minus shareholders’ equity.c. fixed assets minus long-term liabilities.d. total assets minus total liabilities.e. current assets minus current liabilities.Difficulty level: EasyLIQUID ASSETSd 5. A(n) ____ asset is one which can be quickly converted into cash without significantloss in value.a. currentb. fixedc. intangibled. liquide. long-termDifficulty level: EasyINCOME STATEMENTa 6. The financial statement summarizing a firm’s performance over a period of time is the:a. income statement.b. balance sheet.c. statement of cash flows.d. tax reconciliation statement.e. shareholders’ equity sheet.Difficulty level: EasyNONCASH ITEMSd 7. Noncash items refer to:a. the credit sales of a firm.b. the accounts payable of a firm.c. the costs incurred for the purchase of intangible fixed assets.d. expenses charged against revenues that do not directly affect cash flow.e. all accounts on the balance sheet other than cash on hand.Difficulty level: EasyMARGINAL TAX RATESe 8. Your _____ tax rate is the amount of tax payable on the next taxable dollar you earn.a. deductibleb. residualc. totald. averagee. marginalDifficulty level: EasyAVERAGE TAX RATESd 9. Your _____ tax rate measures the total taxes you pay divided by your taxable income.a. deductibleb. residualc. totald. averagee. marginalDifficulty level: EasyCASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIESa 10. _____ refers to the cash flow that results from the firm’s ongoing, normal businessactivities.a. Cash flow from operating activitiesb. Capital spendingc. Net working capitald. Cash flow from assetse. Cash flow to creditorsDifficulty level: MediumCASH FLOW FROM INVESTINGb 11. _____ refers to the changes in net capital assets.a. Operating cash flowb. Cash flow from investingc. Net working capitald. Cash flow from assetse. Cash flow to creditorsDifficulty level: MediumNET WORKING CAPITALc 12. _____ refers to the difference between a firm’s current assets and its current liabilities.a. Operating cash flowb. Capital spendingc. Net working capitald. Cash flow from assetse. Cash flow to creditorsDifficulty level: EasyCASH FLOW OF OPERATIONSd 13. _____ refers to the net total cash flow of the firm available for distribution to itscreditors and stockholders.a. Operating cash flowb. Capital spendingc. Net working capitald. Cash flow from operationse. Cash flow to creditorsCASH FLOW TO CREDITORSe 14. _____ refers to the firm’s interest payments less any net new borrowi ng.a. Operating cash flowb. Capital spendingc. Net working capitald. Cash flow from shareholderse. Cash flow to creditorsCASH FLOW TO STOCKHOLDERSe 15. _____ refers to the firm’s dividend payments less any net new equity raised.a. Operating cash flowb. Capital spendingc. Net working capitald. Cash flow from creditorse. Cash flow to stockholdersEARNINGS PER SHAREa 16. Earnings per share is equal to:a. net income divided by the total number of shares outstanding.b. net income divided by the par value of the common stock.c. gross income multiplied by the par value of the common stock.d. operating income divided by the par value of the common stock.e. net income divided by total shareholders’ equity.DIVIDENDS PER SHAREb 17. Dividends per share is equal to dividends paid:a. divided by the par value of common stock.b. divided by the total number of shares outstanding.c. divided by total shareholders’ equity.d. multiplied by the par value of the common stock.e. multiplied by the total number of shares outstanding.II. CONCEPTSCURRENT ASSETSa 18. Which of the following are included in current assets?I. equipmentII. inventoryIII. accounts payableIV. casha. II and IV onlyb. I and III onlyc. I, II, and IV onlyd. III and IV onlye. II, III, and IV onlyCURRENT LIABILITIESb 19. Which of the following are included in current liabilities?I. note payable to a supplier in eighteen monthsII. debt payable to a mortgage company in nine monthsIII. accounts payable to suppliersIV. loan payable to the bank in fourteen monthsa. I and III onlyb. II and III onlyc. III and IV onlyd. II, III, and IV onlye. I, II, and III onlyBALANCE SHEETd 20. An increase in total assets:a.means that net working capital is also increasing.b.requires an investment in fixed assets.c.means that shareholders’ equity must also increase.d.must be offset by an equal increase in liabilities and shareholders’ equity.e.can only occur when a firm has positive net income.LIQUIDITYc 21. Which one of the following accounts is generally the most liquid?a. inventoryb.buildingc.accounts receivabled.equipmente.patentLIQUIDITYe 22. Which one of the following statements concerning liquidity is correct?a.If you sold an asset today, it is a liquid asset.b.If you can sell an asset next year at a price equal to its actual value, the asset is highlyliquid.c.Trademarks and patents are highly liquid.d.The less liquidity a firm has, the lower the probability the firm will encounter financialdifficulties.e.Balance sheet accounts are listed in order of decreasing liquidity.LIQUIDITYd 23. Liquidity is:a. a measure of the use of debt in a firm’s capital structure.b.equal to current assets minus current liabilities.c.equal to the market value of a fi rm’s total assets minus its current liabilities.d.valuable to a firm even though liquid assets tend to be less profitable to own.e.generally associated with intangible assets.SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITYd 24. Which of the following accounts are included in shareh olders’ equity?I. interest paidII. retained earningsIII. capital surplusIV. long-term debta. I and II onlyb. II and IV onlyc. I and IV onlyd. II and III onlye. I and III onlyBOOK VALUEb 25. Book value:a. is equivalent to market value for firms with fixed assets.b.is based on historical cost.c.generally tends to exceed market value when fixed assets are included.d.is more of a financial than an accounting valuation.e.is adjusted to market value whenever the market value exceeds the stated book value. MARKET VALUEa 26. When making financial decisions related to assets, you should:a.always consider market values.b.place more emphasis on book values than on market values.c.rely primarily on the value of assets as shown on the balance sheet.d.place primary emphasis on historical costs.e.only consider market values if they are less than book values.INCOME STATEMENTd 27. As seen on an income statement:a.interest is deducted from income and increases the total taxes incurred.b.the tax rate is applied to the earnings before interest and taxes when the firm has bothdepreciation and interest expenses.c.depreciation is shown as an expense but does not affect the taxes payable.d.depreciation reduces both the pretax income and the net income.e.interest expense is added to earnings before interest and taxes to get pretax income. EARNINGS PER SHAREa 28. The earnings per share will:a. increase as net income increases.b.increase as the number of shares outstanding increase.c.decrease as the total revenue of the firm increases.d.increase as the tax rate increases.e.decrease as the costs decrease.DIVIDENDS PER SHAREe 29. Dividends per share:a. increase as the net income increases as long as the number of shares outstandingremains constant.b.decrease as the number of shares outstanding decrease, all else constant.c.are inversely related to the earnings per share.d.are based upon the dividend requirements established by Generally AcceptedAccounting Procedures.e.are equal to the amount of net income distributed to shareholders divided by thenumber of shares outstanding.REALIZATION PRINCIPLEb 30. According to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles,a.income is recorded based on the matching principle.b.income is recorded based on the realization principle.c.costs are recorded based on the liquidity principle. income is recorded based on the realization principle.e.depreciation is recorded as it affects the cash flows of a firm.MATCHING PRINCIPLEc 31. According to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, costs are:a. recorded as incurred.b. recorded when paid.c. matched with revenues.d. matched with production levels.e. expensed as management desires.NONCASH ITEMSa 32. Depreciation:a. is a noncash expense that is recorded on the income statement.b.increases the net fixed assets as shown on the balance sheet.c.reduces both the net fixed assets and the costs of a firm.d.is a non-cash expense which increases the net operating income.e.decreases net fixed assets, net income, and operating cash flows.MARGINAL TAX RATEc 33. When you are making a financial decision, the most relevant tax rate is the _____ rate.a. averageb.fixedc.marginald.totale.variableOPERATING CASH FLOWa 34. An increase in which one of the following will cause the operating cash flow toincrease?a. depreciationb.change in net working capital working capitald.taxese.costsCHANGE IN NET WORKING CAPITALe 35. A firm starts its year with a positive net working capital. During the year, the firmacquires more short-term debt than it does short-term assets. This means that:a. the ending net working capital will be negative.b. both accounts receivable and inventory decreased during the year.c. the beginning current assets were less than the beginning current liabilities.d. accounts payable increased and inventory decreased during the year.e. the ending net working capital can be positive, negative, or equal to zero.CASH FLOW TO CREDITORSc 36. The cash flow to creditors includes the cash:a.received by the firm when payments are paid to suppliers.b.outflow of the firm when new debt is acquired.c. outflow when interest is paid on outstanding debt.d. inflow when accounts payable decreases.e. received when long-term debt is paid off.CASH FLOW TO STOCKHOLDERSa 37. Cash flow to stockholders must be positive when:a.the dividends paid exceed the net new equity raised.b.the net sale of common stock exceeds the amount of dividends paid.c.no income is distributed but new shares of stock are sold.d.both the cash flow to assets and the cash flow to creditors are negative.e.both the cash flow to assets and the cash flow to creditors are positive. BALANCE SHEETb 38. Which equality is the basis for the balance sheet?a. Fixed Assets = Stockholder's Equity + Current Assetsb. Assets = Liabilities + Stockholder's Equityc. Assets = Current Long-Term Debt + Retained Earningsd. Fixed Assets = Liabilities + Stockholder's Equitye. None of the above.BALANCE SHEETa 39. Assets are listed on the balance sheet in order of:a. decreasing liquidity.b. decreasing size.c. increasing size.d. relative life.e. None of the above.DEBTe 40. Debt is a contractual obligation that:a. requires the payout of residual flows to the holders of these instruments.b. requires a repayment of a stated amount and interest over the period.c. allows the bondholders to sue the firm if it defaults.d. Both A and B.e. Both B and C.CARRYING VALUEa 41. The carrying value or book value of assets:a. is determined under GAAP and is based on the cost of the asset.b. represents the true market value according to GAAP.c. is always the best measure of the company's value to an investor.d. is always higher than the replacement cost of the assets.e. None of the above.GAAPd 42. Under GAAP, the value of all the firm's assets are reported at:a. market value.b. liquidation value.c. intrinsic value.d. cost.e. None of the above.INCOME STATEMENTe 43. Which of the following statements concerning the income statement is true?a. It measures performance over a specific period of time.b. It determines after-tax income of the firm.c. It includes deferred taxes.d. It treats interest as an expense.e. All of the above.GAAP INCOME RECOGNITIONb 44. According generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), revenue is recognized asincome when:a. a contract is signed to perform a service or deliver a good.b. the transaction is complete and the goods or services are delivered.c. payment is requested.d. income taxes are paid.e. All of the above.OPERATING CASH FLOWb 45. Which of the following is not included in the computation of operating cash flow?a. Earnings before interest and taxesb. Interest paidc. Depreciationd. Current taxese. All of the above are included.NET CAPITAL SPENDINGb 46. Net capital spending is equal to:a. net additions to net working capital.b. the net change in fixed assets.c. net income plus depreciation.d. total cash flow to stockholders less interest and dividends paid.e. the change in total assets.CASH FLOW TO STOCKHOLDERSd 47. Cash flow to stockholders is defined as:a. interest payments.b. repurchases of equity less cash dividends paid plus new equity sold.c. cash flow from financing less cash flow to creditors.d. cash dividends plus repurchases of equity minus new equity financing.e. None of the above.FREE CASH FLOWd 48. Free cash flow is:a. without cost to the firm.b. net income plus taxes.c. an increase in net working capital.d. cash flow in excess of that required to fund profitable capital projects.e. None of the above.CASH FLOWd 49. The cash flow of the firm must be equal to:a. cash flow to equity minus cash flow to debtholders.b. cash flow to debtholders minus cash flow to equity.c. cash flow to governments plus cash flow to equity.d. cash flow to equity plus cash flow to debtholders.e. None of the above.STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWSa 50. Which of the following are all components of the statement of cash flows?a. Cash flow from operating activities, cash flow from investing activities, and cash flowfrom financing activitiesb. Cash flow from operating activities, cash flow from investing activities, and cashflowfrom divesting activitiesc. Cash flow from internal activities, cash flow from external activities, and cash flowfrom financing activitiesd. Cash flow from brokering activities, cash flow from profitable activities, and cash flowfrom non-profitable activitiese. None of the above.III. PROBLEMSCURRENT ASSETSb 51. A firm has $300 in inventory, $600 in fixed assets, $200 in accounts receivables, $100in accounts payable, and $50 in cash. What is the amount of the current assets?a. $500b. $550c. $600d. $1,150e. $1,200NET WORKING CAPITALb 52. The total assets are $900, the fixed assets are $600, long-term debt is $500, and short-term debt is $200. What is the amount of net working capital?a. $0b. $100c. $200d. $300e. $400LIQUIDITYd 53. Brad’s C ompany has equipment with a book value of $500 that could be sold today at a50 percent discount. Their inventory is valued at $400 and could be sold to acompetitor for that amount. The firm has $50 in cash and customers owe them $300.What is the accounting value of their liquid assets?a. $50b. $350c. $700d. $750e. $1,000BOOK VALUEc 54. Martha’s Enterprises spent $2,400 to purchase equipment three years ago. Thisequipment is currently valued at $1,800 on today’s balance sheet but could actual ly besold for $2,000. Net working capital is $200 and long-term debt is $800. What is thebook value of shareholders’ equity?a.$200b.$800c.$1,200d.$1,400e. The answer cannot be determined from the information provided.NET INCOMEb 55. Art’s Boutique has sa les of $640,000 and costs of $480,000. Interest expense is$40,000 and depreciation is $60,000. The tax rate is 34%. What is the net income?a. $20,400b. $39,600c. $50,400d. $79,600e. $99,600MARGINAL TAX RATEc 56. Given the tax rates as shown, what is the average tax rate for a firm with taxableincome of $126,500?Taxable Income Tax Rate$ 0 - 50,000 15%50,001 - 75,000 25%75,001 - 100,000 34%100,001 - 335,000 39%a.21.38 percentb.23.88 percentc.25.76 percentd.34.64 percente. 39.00 percentTAXESd 57. The tax rates are as shown. Your firm currently has taxable income of $79,400. Howmuch additional tax will you owe if you increase your taxable income by $21,000?Taxable Income Tax Rate$ 0 - 50,000 15%50,001 - 75,000 25%75,001 - 100,000 34%100,001 - 335,000 39%a.$7,004b.$7,014c.$7,140d.$7,160e.$7,174OPERATING CASH FLOWd 58. Your firm has net income of $198 on total sales of $1,200. Costs are $715 anddepreciation is $145. The tax rate is 34 percent. The firm does not have interestexpenses. What is the operating cash flow?a.$93b.$241c.$340d.$383e. $485NET CAPITAL SPENDINGc. 59. Teddy’s Pillows has beginning net fixed assets of $480 and ending net fixed assets of$530. Assets valued at $300 were sold during the year. Depreciation was $40. What isthe amount of capital spending?a.$10b.$50c.$90d.$260e.$390CHANGE IN NET WORKING CAPITALb 60. At the beginning of the year, a firm has current assets of $380 and current liabilities of$210. At the end of the year, the current assets are $410 and the current liabilities are$250. What is the change in net working capital?a.-$30b.-$10c.$0d.$10e. $30CASH FLOW TO CREDITORSe 61. At the beginning of the year, long-term debt of a firm is $280 and total debt is $340. Atthe end of the year, long-term debt is $260 and total debt is $350. The interest paid is$30. What is the amount of the cash flow to creditors?a.-$50b.-$20c.$20d.$30e. $50CASH FLOW TO CREDITORSa 62. Pete’s Boats has beginning long-term debt of $180 and ending long-term debt of $210.The beginning and ending total debt balances are $340 and $360, respectively. Theinterest paid is $20. What is the amount of the cash flow to creditors?a.-$10b.$0c.$10d.$40e. $50CASH FLOW TO STOCKHOLDERSa 63. Peggy Grey’s Cookies has net income of $360. The firm pays out 40 percent of the netincome to its shareholders as dividends. During the year, the company sold $80 worthof common stock. What is the cash flow to stockholders?a.$64b.$136c.$144d.$224e. $296CASH FLOW TO STOCKHOLDERSa 64. Thompson’s Jet Skis has operating cash flow of $218. Depreciation is $45 and interestpaid is $35. A net total of $69 was paid on long-term debt. The firm spent $180 onfixed assets and increased net working capital by $38. What is the amount of the cashflow to stockholders?a.-$104b.-$28c.$28d.$114e. $142The following balance sheet and income statement should be used for questions #65 through #71:Nabors, Inc.2005 Income Statement($ in millions)Net sales $9,610Less: Cost of goods sold 6,310Less: Depreciation 1,370Earnings before interest and taxes 1,930Less: Interest paid 630Taxable Income $1,300Less: Taxes 455Net income $ 845Nabors, Inc.2004 and 2005 Balance Sheets($ in millions)2004 2005 2004 2005 Cash $ 310 $ 405 Accounts payable $ 2,720 $ 2,570 Accounts rec. 2,640 3,055 Notes payable 100 0 Inventory 3,275 3,850 Total $ 2,820 $ 2,570 Total $ 6,225 $ 7,310 Long-term debt 7,875 8,100 Net fixed assets 10,960 10,670 Common stock 5,000 5,250Retained earnings 1,490 2,060 Total assets $17,185 $17,980 Total liab.& equity $17,185 $17,980 CHANGE IN NET WORKING CAPITALc 65. What is the change in the net working capital from 2004 to 2005?a.$1,235b.$1,035c.$1,335d.$3,405e.$4,740NONCASH EXPENSESd 66. What is the amount of the non-cash expenses for 2005?a.$570b.$630c.$845d.$1,370e. $2,000NET CAPITAL SPENDINGc 67. What is the amount of the net capital spending for 2005?a.-$290b.$795c.$1,080d.$1,660e.$2,165OPERATING CASH FLOWd 68. What is the operating cash flow for 2005?a.$845b.$1,930c.$2,215d.$2,845e.$3,060CASH FLOW OF THE FIRMa 69. What is the cash flow of the firm for 2005?a.$430b.$485c.$1,340d.$2,590e.$3,100NET NEW BORROWINGe 70. What is the amount of net new borrowing for 2005?a.-$225b.-$25c.$0d.$25e.$225CASH FLOW TO CREDITORSd 71. What is the cash flow to creditors for 2005?a.-$405b.-$225c.$225d.$405e.$630The following information should be used for questions #72 through #79:Knickerdoodles, Inc.2004 2005Sales $ 740 $ 785COGS 430 460Interest 33 35Dividends 16 17Depreciation 250 210Cash 70 75Accounts receivables 563 502Current liabilities 390 405Inventory 662 640Long-term debt 340 410Net fixed assets 1,680 1,413Common stock 700 235Tax rate 35% 35%NET WORKING CAPITALd 72. What is the net working capital for 2005?a.$345b.$405c.$805d.$812e.$1,005CHANGE IN NET WORKING CAPITALa 73. What is the change in net working capital from 2004 to 2005?a.-$93b.-$7c.$7d.$85e.$97NET CAPITAL SPENDINGb 74. What is net capital spending for 2005?a.-$250b.-$57c.$0d.$57e.$477OPERATING CASH FLOWb 75. What is the operating cash flow for 2005?a.$143b.$297c.$325d.$353e.$367CASH FLOW OF THE FIRMd 76. What is the cash flow of the firm for 2005?a.$50b.$247c.$297d.$447e.$517NET NEW BORROWINGd 77. What is net new borrowing for 2005?a.-$70b.-$35c.$35d.$70e.$105CASH FLOW TO CREDITORSb 78. What is the cash flow to creditors for 2005?a.-$170b.-$35c.$135d.$170e.$205CASH FLOW TO STOCKHOLDERSd 79. What is the cash flow to stockholders for 2005?a.$408b.$417c.$452d.$482e.$503The following information should be used for questions #80 through #82:2005Cost of goods sold $3,210Interest $215Dividends $160Depreciation $375Change in retained earnings $360Tax rate 35%TAXABLE INCOMEe 80. What is the taxable income for 2005?a.$360b.$520c.$640d.$780e.$800OPERATING CASH FLOWd 81. What is the operating cash flow for 2005?a.$520b.$800c.$1,015d.$1,110e.$1,390SALESc 82. What are the sales for 2005?a.$4,225b.$4,385c.$4,600d.$4,815e. $5,000NET INCOMEb 83. Calculate net income based on the following information. Sales are $250; Cost ofgoods sold is $160; Depreciation expense is $35; Interest paid is $20; and the tax rateis 34%.a. $11.90b. $23.10c. $35.00d. $36.30e. $46.20IV. ESSAYSLIQUID ASSETS84. What is a liquid asset and why is it necessary for a firm to maintain a reasonable level ofliquid assets?Liquid assets are those that can be sold quickly with little or no loss in value. A firm that has sufficient liquidity will be less likely to experience financial distress.OPERATING CASH FLOW85. Why is interest expense excluded from the operating cash flow calculation?Operating cash flow is designed to represent the cash flow a firm generates from its day-to-day operating activities. Interest expense arises out of a financing choice and thus should be considered as a cash flow to creditors.CASH FLOW AND ACCOUNTING STATEMENTS86. Explain why the income statement is not a good representation of cash flow.Most income statements contain some noncash items, so these must be accounted for when calculating cash flows. More importantly, however, since GAAP is used to create income statements, revenues and expenses are booked when they accrue, not when their corresponding cash flows occur.BOOK VALUE AND MARKET VALUE87. Discuss the difference between book values and market values on the balance sheet andexplain which is more important to the financial manager and why.The accounts on the balance sheet are generally carried at historical cost, not market values.Although the book value of current assets and current liabilities may closely approximate market values, the same cannot be said for the rest of the balance sheet accounts. Ultimately, the financial manager should focus on the firm’s stock price, which is a market value measure. Hence, market values are more meaningful than book values.ADDITION TO RETAINED EARNINGS88. Note that in all of our cash flow computations to determine cash flow of the firm, we neverinclude the addition to retained earnings. Why not? Is this an oversight?The addition to retained earnings is not a cash flow. It is simply an accounting entry that reconciles the balance sheet. Any additions to retained earnings will show up as cash flow changes in other balance sheet accounts.DEPRECIATION AND CASH FLOW89. Note that we added depreciation back to operating cash flow and to additions to fixed assets.Why add it back twice? Isn’t this double-counting?In both cases, depreciation is added back because it was previously subtracted when obtaining ending balances of net income and fixed assets. Also, since depreciation is a noncash expense, we need to add it back in both instances, so there is no double counting. TAX LIABILITIES AND CASH FLOW90. Sometimes when businesses are critically delinquent on their tax liabilities, the tax authoritycomes in and literally seizes the business by chasing all of the employees out of the building and changing the locks. What does this tell you about the importance of taxes relative to our discussion of cash flow? Why might a business owner want to avoid such an occurrence?Taxes must be paid in cash, and in this case, they are one of the most important components of cash flow. The reputation of a business can undergo irreparable harm if word gets out that the tax authorities have confiscated the business, even if only for a couple of hours until the business owner can come up with the money to clear up the tax problem. The bottom line。
罗斯公司理财chap001全英文题库及答案
Chapter 01 - Introduction to Corporate FinanceChapter 01 Introduction to Corporate Finance Answer KeyMultiple Choice Questions1. The person generally directly responsible for overseeing the tax management, cost accounting, financial accounting, and information system functions is the:A. treasurer.B. director.C. controller.D. chairman of the board.E. chief executive officer.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: CONTROLLERType: DEFINITIONS2. The person generally directly responsible for overseeing the cash and credit functions,financial planning, and capital expenditures is the:A. treasurer.B. director.C. controller.D. chairman of the board.E. chief operations officer.1-1Chapter 01 - Introduction to Corporate Finance3. The process of planning and managing a firm's long-term investments is called:A. working capital management.B. financial depreciation.C. agency cost analysis.D. capital budgeting.E. capital structure.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: CAPITAL BUDGETINGType: DEFINITIONS4. The mixture of debt and equity used by a firm to finance its operations is called:A. working capital management.B. financial depreciation.C. cost analysis.D. capital budgeting.E. capital structure.5. The management of a firm's short-term assets and liabilities is called:A. working capital management.B. debt management.C. equity management.D. capital budgeting.E. capital structure.1-2Chapter 01 - Introduction to Corporate Finance6. A business owned by a single individual is called a:A. corporation.B. sole proprietorship.C. general partnership.D. limited partnership.E. limited liability company.7. A business formed by two or more individuals who each have unlimited liability for businessdebts is called a:A. corporation.B. sole proprietorship.C. general partnership.D. limited partnership.E. limited liability company.8. The division of profits and losses among the members of a partnership is formalized in the:A. indemnity clause.B. indenture contract.C. statement of purpose.D. partnership agreement.E. group charter.9. A business created as a distinct legal entity composed of one or more individuals or entities iscalled a:A. corporation.B. sole proprietorship.C. general partnership.D. limited partnership.E. unlimited liability company.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: CORPORATIONType: DEFINITIONS1-3Chapter 01 - Introduction to Corporate Finance10. The corporate document that sets forth the business purpose of a firm is the:A. indenture contract.B. state tax agreement.C. corporate bylaws.D. debt charter.E. articles of incorporation.11. The rules by which corporations govern themselves are called:A. indenture provisions.B. indemnity provisions.C. charter agreements.D. bylaws.E. articles of incorporation.12. A business entity operated and taxed like a partnership, but with limited liability for theowners, is called a:A. limited liability company.B. general partnership.C. limited proprietorship.D. sole proprietorship.E. corporation.13. The primary goal of financial management is to:A. maximize current dividends per share of the existing stock.B. maximize the current value per share of the existing stock.C. avoid financial distress.D. minimize operational costs and maximize firm efficiency.E. maintain steady growth in both sales and net earnings.14. A conflict of interest between the stockholders and management of a firm is called:A. stockholders' liability.B. corporate breakdown.C. the agency problem.D. corporate activism.E. legal liability.1-4Chapter 01 - Introduction to Corporate Finance15. Agency costs refer to:A. the total dividends paid to stockholders over the lifetime of a firm.B. the costs that result from default and bankruptcy of a firm.C. corporate income subject to double taxation.D. the costs of any conflicts of interest between stockholders and management.E. the total interest paid to creditors over the lifetime of the firm.16. A stakeholder is:A. any person or entity that owns shares of stock of a corporation.B. any person or entity that has voting rights based on stock ownership of a corporation.C. a person who initially started a firm and currently has management control over the cashflows of the firm due to his/her current ownership of company stock.D. a creditor to whom the firm currently owes money and who consequently has a claim on thecash flows of the firm.E. any person or entity other than a stockholder or creditor who potentially has a claim on thecash flows of the firm.17. The Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 is intended to:A. protect financial managers from investors.B. not have any effect on foreign companies.C. reduce corporate revenues.D. protect investors from corporate abuses.E. decrease audit costs for U.S. firms.18. The treasurer and the controller of a corporation generally report to the:A. board of directors.B. chairman of the board.C. chief executive officer.D. president.E. chief financial officer.19. Which one of the following statements is correct concerning the organizational structure ofa corporation?A. The vice president of finance reports to the chairman of the board.B. The chief executive officer reports to the board of directors.C. The controller reports to the president.D. The treasurer reports to the chief executive officer.E. The chief operations officer reports to the vice president of production.Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTUREType: CONCEPTS1-5Chapter 01 - Introduction to Corporate Finance20. Which one of the following is a capital budgeting decision?A. determining how much debt should be borrowed from a particular lenderB. deciding whether or not to open a new storeC. deciding when to repay a long-term debtD. determining how much inventory to keep on handE. determining how much money should be kept in the checking account21. The Sarbanes Oxley Act was enacted in:A. 1952.B. 1967.C. 1998.D. 2002.E. 2006.22. Since the implementation of Sarbanes-Oxley, the cost of going public in the United Stateshas:A. increased.B. decreased.C. remained about the same.D. been erratic, but over time has decreased.E. It is impossible to tell since Sarbanes-Oxley compliance does not involve direct cost to thefirm.23. Working capital management includes decisions concerning which of the following?I. accounts payableII. long-term debtIII. accounts receivableIV. inventoryA. I and II onlyB. I and III onlyC. II and IV onlyD. I, II, and III onlyE. I, III, and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumTopic: WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENTType: CONCEPTS1-6Chapter 01 - Introduction to Corporate Finance24. Working capital management:A. ensures that sufficient equipment is available to produce the amount of product desired on adaily basis.B. ensures that long-term debt is acquired at the lowest possible cost.C. ensures that dividends are paid to all stockholders on an annual basis.D. balances the amount of company debt to the amount of available equity.E. is concerned with the upper portion of the balance sheet.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENTType: CONCEPTS25. Which one of the following statements concerning a sole proprietorship is correct?A. A sole proprietorship is the least common form of business ownership.B. The profits of a sole proprietorship are taxed twice.C. The owners of a sole proprietorship share profits as established by the partnership agreement.D. The owner of a sole proprietorship may be forced to sell his/her personal assets to paycompany debts.E. A sole proprietorship is often structured as a limited liability company.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: SOLE PROPRIETORSHIPType: CONCEPTS26. Which one of the following statements concerning a sole proprietorship is correct?A. The life of the firm is limited to the life span of the owner.B. The owner can generally raise large sums of capital quite easily.C. The ownership of the firm is easy to transfer to another individual.D. The company must pay separate taxes from those paid by the owner.E. The legal costs to form a sole proprietorship are quite substantial.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: SOLE PROPRIETORSHIPType: CONCEPTS1-7Chapter 01 - Introduction to Corporate Finance27. Which one of the following best describes the primary advantage of being a limited partnerrather than a general partner?A. entitlement to a larger portion of the partnership's incomeB. ability to manage the day-to-day affairs of the businessC. no potential financial lossD. greater management responsibilityE. liability for firm debts limited to the capital investedDifficulty level: EasyTopic: PARTNERSHIPType: CONCEPTS28. A general partner:A. has less legal liability than a limited partner.B. has more management responsibility than a limited partner.C. faces double taxation whereas a limited partner does not.D. cannot lose more than the amount of his/her equity investment.E. is the term applied only to corporations which invest in partnerships.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: PARTNERSHIPType: CONCEPTS29. A partnership:A. is taxed the same as a corporation.B. agreement defines whether the business income will be taxed like a partnership or acorporation.C. terminates at the death of any general partner.D. has less of an ability to raise capital than a proprietorship.E. allows for easy transfer of interest from one general partner to another.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: PARTNERSHIPType: CONCEPTS1-8Chapter 01 - Introduction to Corporate Finance30. Which of the following are disadvantages of a partnership?I. limited life of the firmII. personal liability for firm debtIII. greater ability to raise capital than a sole proprietorshipIV. lack of ability to transfer partnership interestA. I and II onlyB. III and IV onlyC. II and III onlyD. I, II, and IV onlyE. I, III, and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumTopic: PARTNERSHIPType: CONCEPTS31. Which of the following are advantages of the corporate form of business ownership?I. limited liability for firm debtII. double taxationIII. ability to raise capitalIV. unlimited firm lifeA. I and II onlyB. III and IV onlyC. I, II, and III onlyD. II, III, and IV onlyE. I, III, and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumTopic: CORPORATIONType: CONCEPTS32. Which one of the following statements is correct concerning corporations?A. The largest firms are usually corporations.B. The majority of firms are corporations.C. The stockholders are usually the managers of a corporation.D. The ability of a corporation to raise capital is quite limited.E. The income of a corporation is taxed as personal income of the stockholders.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: CORPORATIONType: CONCEPTS1-9Chapter 01 - Introduction to Corporate Finance33. Which one of the following statements is correct?A. Both partnerships and corporations incur double taxation.B. Both sole proprietorships and partnerships are taxed in a similar fashion.C. Partnerships are the most complicated type of business to form.D. Both partnerships and corporations have limited liability for general partners and shareholders.E. All types of business formations have limited lives.Difficulty level: MediumTopic: BUSINESS TYPESType: CONCEPTS34. The articles of incorporation:A. can be used to remove company management.B. are amended annually by the company stockholders.C. set forth the number of shares of stock that can be issued.D. set forth the rules by which the corporation regulates its existence.E. can set forth the conditions under which the firm can avoid double taxation.35. The bylaws:A. establish the name of the corporation.B. are rules which apply only to limited liability companies.C. set forth the purpose of the firm.D. mandate the procedure for electing corporate directors.E. set forth the procedure by which the stockholders elect the senior managers of the firm.36. The owners of a limited liability company prefer:A. being taxed like a corporation.B. having liability exposure similar to that of a sole proprietor.C. being taxed personally on all business income.D. having liability exposure similar to that of a general partner.E. being taxed like a corporation with liability like a partnership.Difficulty level: MediumTopic: LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANYType: CONCEPTS1-10Chapter 01 - Introduction to Corporate Finance37. Which one of the following business types is best suited to raising large amounts ofcapital?A. sole proprietorshipB. limited liability companyC. corporationD. general partnershipE. limited partnershipDifficulty level: EasyTopic: CORPORATIONType: CONCEPTS38. Which type of business organization has all the respective rights and privileges ofa legalperson?A. sole proprietorshipB. general partnershipC. limited partnershipD. corporationE. limited liability companyDifficulty level: EasyTopic: CORPORATIONType: CONCEPTS39. Financial managers should strive to maximize the current value per share of the existingstock because:A. doing so guarantees the company will grow in size at the maximum possible rate.B. doing so increases the salaries of all the employees.C. the current stockholders are the owners of the corporation.D. doing so means the firm is growing in size faster than its competitors.E. the managers often receive shares of stock as part of their compensation.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: GOAL OF FINANC IAL MANAGEMENTType: CONCEPTS1-11Chapter 01 - Introduction to Corporate Finance40. The decisions made by financial managers should all be ones which increase the:A. size of the firm.B. growth rate of the firm.C. marketability of the managers.D. market value of the existing owners' equity.E. financial distress of the firm.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: GOAL OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENTType: CONCEPTS41. Which one of the following actions by a financial manager creates an agency problem?A. refusing to borrow money when doing so will create losses for the firmB. refusing to lower selling prices if doing so will reduce the net profitsC. agreeing to expand the company at the expense of stockholders' valueD. agreeing to pay bonuses based on the book value of the company stockE. increasing current costs in order to increase the market value of the stockholders' equity42. Which of the following help convince managers to work in the best interest of the stockholders?I. compensation based on the value of the stockII. stock option plansIII. threat of a proxy fightIV. threat of conversion to a partnershipA. I and II onlyB. II and III onlyC. I, II and III onlyD. I and III onlyE. I, II, III, and IVDifficulty level: MediumTopic: AGENCY PROBLEMType: CONCEPTS1-12Chapter 01 - Introduction to Corporate Finance43. Which form of business structure faces the greatest agency problems?A. sole proprietorshipB. general partnershipC. limited partnershipD. corporationE. limited liability company44. A proxy fight occurs when:A. the board solicits renewal of current members.B. a group solicits proxies to replace the board of directors.C. a competitor offers to sell their ownership in the firm.D. the firm files for bankruptcy.E. the firm is declared insolvent.45. Which one of the following parties is considered a stakeholder of a firm?A. employeeB. short-term creditorC. long-term creditorD. preferred stockholderE. common stockholderDifficulty level: EasyTopic: STAKEHOLDERSType: CONCEPTS46. Which of the following are key requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act?I. Officers of the corporation must review and sign annual reports.II. Officers of the corporation must now own more than 5% of the firm's stock. III. Annual reports must list deficiencies in internal controlsIV. Annual reports must be filed with the SEC within 30 days of year end.A. I onlyB. II onlyC. I and III onlyD. II and III onlyE. II and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumTopic: SARBANES-OXLEYType: CONCEPTS1-13Chapter 01 - Introduction to Corporate Finance47. Insider trading is:A. legal.B. illegal.C. impossible to have in our efficient market.D. discouraged, but legal.E. list only the securities of the largest firms.48. Sole proprietorships are predominantly started because:A. they are easily and cheaply setup.B. the proprietorship life is limited to the business owner's life.C. all business taxes are paid as individual tax.D. All of the above.E. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: SOLE PROPRIETORSHIPSType: CONCEPTS49. Managers are encouraged to act in shareholders' interests by:A. shareholder election of a board of directors who select management.B. the threat of a takeover by another firm.C. compensation contracts that tie compensation to corporate success.D. Both A and B.E. All of the above.Difficulty level: MediumTopic: GOVERNANCEType: CONCEPTS50. The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 focuses on:A. all stock transactions.B. sales of existing securities.C. issuance of new securities.D. insider trading.E. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance.Difficulty level: MediumTopic: REGULATIONType: CONCEPTS1-14Chapter 01 - Introduction to Corporate Finance51. The basic regulatory framework in the United States was provided by:A. the Securities Act of 1933.B. the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.C. the monetary system.D. A and B.E. All of the above.Difficulty level: MediumTopic: REGULATIONType: CONCEPTS52. The Securities Act of 1933 focuses on:A. all stock transactions.B. sales of existing securities.C. issuance of new securities.D. insider trading.E. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: REGULATIONType: CONCEPTS53. In a limited partnership:A. each limited partner's liability is limited to his net worth.B. each limited partner's liability is limited to the amount he put into the partnership.C. each limited partner's liability is limited to his annual salary.D. there is no limitation on liability; only a limitation on what the partner can earn.E. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: LIMITED PARTNERSHIPType: CONCEPTS1-15Chapter 01 - Introduction to Corporate Finance54. Accounting profits and cash flows are:A. generally the same since they reflect current laws and accounting standards.B. generally the same since accounting profits reflect when the cash flows are received.C. generally not the same since GAAP allows for revenue recognition separate from the receiptof cash flows.D. generally not the same because cash inflows occur before revenue recognition.E. Both c and d.1-16。
罗斯《公司理财》英文习题答案DOCchap004
公司理财习题答案第四章Chapter 4: Net Present Value4.1 a. $1,000 ⨯ 1.0510 = $1,628.89b. $1,000 ⨯ 1.0710 = $1,967.15c. $1,000 ⨯ 1.0520 = $2,653.30d. Interest compounds on the I nterest already earned. Therefore, the interest earnedin part c, $1,653.30, is more than double the amount earned in part a, $628.89.4.2 a. $1,000 / 1.17 = $513.16b. $2,000 / 1.1 = $1,818.18c. $500 / 1.18 = $233.254.3 You can make your decision by computing either the present value of the $2,000 that youcan receive in ten years, or the future value of the $1,000 that you can receive now.Present value: $2,000 / 1.0810 = $926.39Future value: $1,000 ⨯ 1.0810 = $2,158.93Either calculation indicates you should take the $1,000 now.4.4 Since this bond has no interim coupon payments, its present value is simply the presentvalue of the $1,000 that will be received in 25 years. Note: As will be discussed in the next chapter, the present value of the payments associated with a bond is the price of that bond.PV = $1,000 /1.125 = $92.304.5 PV = $1,500,000 / 1.0827 = $187,780.234.6 a. At a discount rate of zero, the future value and present value are always the same.Remember, FV = PV (1 + r) t. If r = 0, then the formula reduces to FV = PV.Therefore, the values of the options are $10,000 and $20,000, respectively. Youshould choose the second option.b. Option one: $10,000 / 1.1 = $9,090.91Option two: $20,000 / 1.15 = $12,418.43Choose the second option.c. Option one: $10,000 / 1.2 = $8,333.33Option two: $20,000 / 1.25 = $8,037.55Choose the first option.d. You are indifferent at the rate that equates the PVs of the two alternatives. Youknow that rate must fall between 10% and 20% because the option you wouldchoose differs at these rates. Let r be the discount rate that makes you indifferentbetween the options.$10,000 / (1 + r) = $20,000 / (1 + r)5(1 + r)4 = $20,000 / $10,000 = 21 + r = 1.18921r = 0.18921 = 18.921%4.7 PV of Joneses’ offer = $150,000 / (1.1)3 = $112,697.22Since the PV of Joneses’ offer is less than Smiths’ offer, $115,000, you should chooseSmiths’ offer.4.8 a. P0 = $1,000 / 1.0820 = $214.55b. P10 = P0 (1.08)10 = $463.20c. P15 = P0 (1.08)15 = $680.594.9 The $1,000 that you place in the account at the end of the first year will earn interest for sixyears. The $1,000 that you place in the account at the end of the second year will earninterest for five years, etc. Thus, the account will have a balance of$1,000 (1.12)6 + $1,000 (1.12)5 + $1,000 (1.12)4 + $1,000 (1.12)3= $6,714.614.10 PV = $5,000,000 / 1.1210 = $1,609,866.184.11 a. The cost of investment is $900,000.PV of cash inflows = $120,000 / 1.12 + $250,000 / 1.122 + $800,000 / 1.123= $875,865.52Since the PV of cash inflows is less than the cost of investment, you should notmake the investment.b. NPV = -$900,000 + $875,865.52= -$24,134.48c. NPV = -$900,000 + $120,000 / 1.11 + $250,000 / 1.112 + $800,000 / 1.113= $-4,033.18Since the NPV is still negative, you should not make the investment.4.12 NPV = -($340,000 + $10,000) + ($100,000 - $10,000) / 1.1+ $90,000 / 1.12 + $90,000 / 1.13 + $90,000 / 1.14 + $100,000 / 1.15= -$2,619.98Since the NPV is negative, you should not buy it.If the relevant cost of capital is 9 percent,NPV = -$350,000 + $90,000 / 1.09 + $90,000 / 1.092 + $90,000 / 1.093+ $90,000 / 1.094 + $100,000 / 1.095= $6,567.93Since the NPV is positive, you should buy it.4.13 a. Profit = PV of revenue - Cost = NPVNPV = $90,000 / 1.15 - $60,000 = -$4,117.08No, the firm will not make a profit.b. Find r that makes zero NPV.$90,000 / (1+r)5 - $60,000 = $0(1+r)5 = 1.5r = 0.08447 = 8.447%4.14 The future value of the decision to own your car for one year is the sum of the trade-invalue and the benefit from owning the car. Therefore, the PV of the decision to own thecar for one year is$3,000 / 1.12 + $1,000 / 1.12 = $3,571.43Since the PV of the roommate’s offer, $3,500, is lower than the aunt’s offer, you shouldaccept aunt’s offer.4.15 a. $1.000 (1.08)3 = $1,259.71b. $1,000 [1 + (0.08 / 2)]2 ⨯ 3 = $1,000 (1.04)6 = $1,265.32c. $1,000 [1 + (0.08 / 12)]12 ⨯ 3 = $1,000 (1.00667)36 = $1,270.24d. $1,000 e0.08 ⨯ 3 = $1,271.25公司理财习题答案第四章e. The future value increases because of the compounding. The account is earninginterest on interest. Essentially, the interest is added to the account balance at theend of every compounding period. During the next period, the account earnsinterest on the new balance. When the compounding period shortens, the balancethat earns interest is rising faster.4.16 a. $1,000 e0.12 ⨯ 5 = $1,822.12b. $1,000 e0.1 ⨯ 3 = $1,349.86c. $1,000 e0.05 ⨯ 10 = $1,648.72d. $1,000 e0.07 ⨯ 8 = $1,750.674.17 PV = $5,000 / [1+ (0.1 / 4)]4 ⨯ 12 = $1,528.364.18 Effective annual interest rate of Bank America= [1 + (0.041 / 4)]4 - 1 = 0.0416 = 4.16%Effective annual interest rate of Bank USA= [1 + (0.0405 / 12)]12 - 1 = 0.0413 = 4.13%You should deposit your money in Bank America.4.19 The price of the consol bond is the present value of the coupon payments. Apply theperpetuity formula to find the present value. PV = $120 / 0.15 = $8004.20 Quarterly interest rate = 12% / 4 = 3% = 0.03Therefore, the price of the security = $10 / 0.03 = $333.334.21 The price at the end of 19 quarters (or 4.75 years) from today = $1 / (0.15 ÷ 4) = $26.67The current price = $26.67 / [1+ (.15 / 4)]19 = $13.254.22 a. $1,000 / 0.1 = $10,000b. $500 / 0.1 = $5,000 is the value one year from now of the perpetual stream. Thus,the value of the perpetuity is $5,000 / 1.1 = $4,545.45.c. $2,420 / 0.1 = $24,200 is the value two years from now of the perpetual stream.Thus, the value of the perpetuity is $24,200 / 1.12 = $20,000.4.23 The value at t = 8 is $120 / 0.1 = $1,200.Thus, the value at t = 5 is $1,200 / 1.13 = $901.58.4.24 P = $3 (1.05) / (0.12 - 0.05) = $45.004.25 P = $1 / (0.1 - 0.04) = $16.674.26 The first cash flow will be generated 2 years from today.The value at the end of 1 year from today = $200,000 / (0.1 - 0.05) = $4,000,000.Thus, PV = $4,000,000 / 1.1 = $3,636,363.64.4.27 A zero NPV-$100,000 + $50,000 / r = 0-r = 0.54.28 Apply the NPV technique. Since the inflows are an annuity you can use the present valueof an annuity factor.NPV = -$6,200 + $1,200 8A1.0= -$6,200 + $1,200 (5.3349)= $201.88Yes, you should buy the asset.4.29 Use an annuity factor to compute the value two years from today of the twenty payments.Remember, the annuity formula gives you the value of the stream one year before the first payment. Hence, the annuity factor will give you the value at the end of year two of the stream of payments. Value at the end of year two = $2,000 20A08.0= $2,000 (9.8181)= $19,636.20The present value is simply that amount discounted back two years.PV = $19,636.20 / 1.082 = $16,834.884.30 The value of annuity at the end of year five= $500 15A = $500 (5.84737) = $2,923.6915.0The present value = $2,923.69 / 1.125 = $1,658.984.31 The easiest way to do this problem is to use the annuity factor. The annuity factor must beequal to $12,800 / $2,000 = 6.4; remember PV =C A t r. The annuity factors are in theappendix to the text. To use the factor table to solve this problem, scan across the rowlabeled 10 years until you find 6.4. It is close to the factor for 9%, 6.4177. Thus, the rate you will receive on this note is slightly more than 9%.You can find a more precise answer by interpolating between nine and ten percent.10% ⎤ 6.1446 ⎤a ⎡ r ⎥bc ⎡ 6.4 ⎪ d⎣ 9% ⎦⎣ 6.4177 ⎦By interpolating, you are presuming that the ratio of a to b is equal to the ratio of c to d.(9 - r ) / (9 - 10) = (6.4177 - 6.4 ) / (6.4177 - 6.1446)r = 9.0648%The exact value could be obtained by solving the annuity formula for the interest rate.Sophisticated calculators can compute the rate directly as 9.0626%.公司理财习题答案第四章4.32 a. The annuity amount can be computed by first calculating the PV of the $25,000which you need in five years. That amount is $17,824.65 [= $25,000 / 1.075].Next compute the annuity which has the same present value.$17,824.65 = C 5A.007$17,824.65 = C (4.1002)C = $4,347.26Thus, putting $4,347.26 into the 7% account each year will provide $25,000 fiveyears from today.b. The lump sum payment must be the present value of the $25,000, i.e., $25,000 /1.075 = $17,824.65The formula for future value of any annuity can be used to solve the problem (seefootnote 14 of the text).4.33The amount of loan is $120,000 ⨯ 0.85 = $102,000.20C A= $102,000.010The amount of equal installments isC = $102,000 / 20A = $102,000 / 8.513564 = $11,980.8810.04.34 The present value of salary is $5,000 36A = $150,537.53.001The present value of bonus is $10,000 3A = $23,740.42 (EAR = 12.68% is used since.01268bonuses are paid annually.)The present value of the contract = $150,537.53 + $23,740.42 = $174,277.944.35 The amount of loan is $15,000 ⨯ 0.8 = $12,000.C 48A = $12,0000067.0The amount of monthly installments isC = $12,000 / 48A = $12,000 / 40.96191 = $292.960067.04.36 Option one: This cash flow is an annuity due. To value it, you must use the after-taxamounts. The after-tax payment is $160,000 (1 - 0.28) = $115,200. Value all except the first payment using the standard annuity formula, then add back the first payment of$115,200 to obtain the value of this option.Value = $115,200 + $115,200 30A10.0= $115,200 + $115,200 (9.4269)= $1,201,178.88Option two: This option is valued similarly. You are able to have $446,000 now; this is already on an after-tax basis. You will receive an annuity of $101,055 for each of the next thirty years. Those payments are taxable when you receive them, so your after-taxpayment is $72,759.60 [= $101,055 (1 - 0.28)].Value = $446,000 + $72,759.60 30A.010= $446,000 + $72,759.60 (9.4269)= $1,131,897.47Since option one has a higher PV, you should choose it.4.37 The amount of loan is $9,000. The monthly payment C is given by solving the equation: C 60008.0A = $9,000 C = $9,000 / 47.5042 = $189.46In October 2000, Susan Chao has 35 (= 12 ⨯ 5 - 25) monthly payments left, including the one due in October 2000.Therefore, the balance of the loan on November 1, 2000 = $189.46 + $189.46 34008.0A = $189.46 + $189.46 (29.6651) = $5,809.81Thus, the total amount of payoff = 1.01 ($5,809.81) = $5,867.91 4.38 Let r be the rate of interest you must earn. $10,000(1 + r)12 = $80,000 (1 + r)12 = 8 r = 0.18921 = 18.921%4.39 First compute the present value of all the payments you must make for your children’s education. The value as of one year before matriculation of one child’s education is$21,000 415.0A= $21,000 (2.8550) = $59,955. This is the value of the elder child’s education fourteen years from now. It is the value of the younger child’s education sixteen years from today. The present value of these is PV = $59,955 / 1.1514 + $59,955 / 1.1516 = $14,880.44You want to make fifteen equal payments into an account that yields 15% so that the present value of the equal payments is $14,880.44. Payment = $14,880.44 / 1515.0A = $14,880.44 / 5.8474 = $2,544.804.40 The NPV of the policy isNPV = -$750 306.0A - $800306.0A / 1.063 + $250,000 / [(1.066) (1.0759)] = -$2,004.76 - $1,795.45 + $3,254.33= -$545.88 Therefore, you should not buy the policy.4.41 The NPV of the lease offer isNPV = $120,000 - $15,000 - $15,000 908.0A - $25,000 / 1.0810= $105,000 - $93,703.32 - $11,579.84 = -$283.16 Therefore, you should not accept the offer.4.42 This problem applies the growing annuity formula. The first payment is $50,000(1.04)2(0.02) = $1,081.60. PV = $1,081.60 [1 / (0.08 - 0.04) - {1 / (0.08 - 0.04)}{1.04 / 1.08}40]= $21,064.28 This is the present value of the payments, so the value forty years from today is $21,064.28 (1.0840) = $457,611.46公司理财习题答案第四章4.43 Use the discount factors to discount the individual cash flows. Then compute the NPV ofthe project. Notice that the four $1,000 cash flows form an annuity. You can still use the factor tables to compute their PV. Essentially, they form cash flows that are a six year annuity less a two year annuity. Thus, the appropriate annuity factor to use with them is 2.6198 (= 4.3553 - 1.7355).Year Cash Flow Factor PV 1 $700 0.9091 $636.37 2 900 0.8264 743.76 3 1,000 ⎤ 4 1,000 ⎥ 2.6198 2,619.80 5 1,000 ⎥ 6 1,000 ⎦ 7 1,250 0.5132 641.50 8 1,375 0.4665 641.44 Total $5,282.87NPV = -$5,000 + $5,282.87 = $282.87 Purchase the machine.4.44 Weekly inflation rate = 0.039 / 52 = 0.00075 Weekly interest rate = 0.104 / 52 = 0.002 PV = $5 [1 / (0.002 - 0.00075)] {1 – [(1 + 0.00075) / (1 + 0.002)]52 ⨯ 30} = $3,429.384.45 Engineer:NPV = -$12,000 405.0A + $20,000 / 1.055 + $25,000 / 1.056 - $15,000 / 1.057- $15,000 / 1.058 + $40,000 2505.0A / 1.058= $352,533.35 Accountant:NPV = -$13,000 405.0A + $31,000 3005.0A / 1.054= $345,958.81 Become an engineer.After your brother announces that the appropriate discount rate is 6%, you can recalculate the NPVs. Calculate them the same way as above except using the 6% discount rate. Engineer NPV = $292,419.47 Accountant NPV = $292,947.04Your brother made a poor decision. At a 6% rate, he should study accounting.4.46 Since Goose receives his first payment on July 1 and all payments in one year intervalsfrom July 1, the easiest approach to this problem is to discount the cash flows to July 1 then use the six month discount rate (0.044) to discount them the additional six months. PV = $875,000 / (1.044) + $650,000 / (1.044)(1.09) + $800,000 / (1.044)(1.092) + $1,000,000 / (1.044)(1.093) + $1,000,000/(1.044)(1.094) + $300,000 / (1.044)(1.095)+ $240,000 1709.0A / (1.044)(1.095) + $125,000 1009.0A / (1.044)(1.0922) = $5,051,150Remember that the use of annuity factors to discount the deferred payments yields the value of the annuity stream one period prior to the first payment. Thus, the annuity factor applied to the first set of deferred payments gives the value of those payments on July 1 of 1989. Discounting by 9% for five years brings the value to July 1, 1984. The use of the six month discount rate (4.4%) brings the value of the payments to January 1, 1984. Similarly, the annuity factor applied to the second set of deferred payments yields the value of those payments in 2006. Discounting for 22 years at 9% and for six months at 4.4% provides the value at January 1, 1984.The equivalent five-year, annual salary is the annuity that solves: $5,051,150 = C 509.0A C = $5,051,150/3.8897C = $1,298,596The student must be aware of possible rounding errors in this problem. The differencebetween 4.4% semiannual and 9.0% and for six months at 4.4% provides the value at January 1, 1984. 4.47 PV = $10,000 + ($35,000 + $3,500) [1 / (0.12 - 0.04)] [1 - (1.04 / 1.12) 25 ]= $415,783.604.48 NPV = -$40,000 + $10,000 [1 / (0.10 - 0.07)] [1 - (1.07 / 1.10)5 ] = $3,041.91 Revise the textbook.4.49The amount of the loan is $400,000 (0.8) = $320,000 The monthly payment is C = $320,000 / 3600067.0.0A = $ 2,348.10 Thirty years of payments $ 2,348.10 (360) = $ 845,316.00 Eight years of payments $2,348.10 (96) = $225,417.60 The difference is the balloon payment of $619,898.404.50 The lease payment is an annuity in advanceC + C 2301.0A = $4,000 C (1 + 20.4558) = $4,000 C = $186.424.51 The effective annual interest rate is[ 1 + (0.08 / 4) ] 4 – 1 = 0.0824The present value of the ten-year annuity is PV = 900 100824.0A = $5,974.24 Four remaining discount periodsPV = $5,974.24 / (1.0824) 4 = $4,352.43公司理财习题答案第四章4.52The present value of Ernie’s retirement incomePV = $300,000 20A / (1.07) 30 = $417,511.5407.0The present value of the cabinPV = $350,000 / (1.07) 10 = $177,922.25The present value of his savingsPV = $40,000 10A = $280,943.26.007In present value terms he must save an additional $313,490.53 In future value termsFV = $313,490.53 (1.07) 10 = $616,683.32He must saveC = $616.683.32 / 20A = $58,210.5407.0。
公司理财(英文习题)
Corporate Finance Class Test 2Name No。
ScorePartⅠ:Choice Questions(15questions，3point each，45 pointstotal）（Only one choice is the best for each question。
Answer this parton the following table。
Answers in other places will not beconsidered.）A. increasing payments paid for a definitive period of timeB. increasing payments paid foreverC。
equal payments paid at regular intervals over a stated time periodD. equal payments paid at regular intervals of time on an ongoing basis2. Your credit card company charges you 1。
65 percent interest per month. What isthe annual percentage rate on your account？A。
18.95 percent B。
19。
80 percentC. 20.90 percentD. 21.25 percent3. What is the effective annual rate if a bank charges you 9.50 percent compounded quarterly？A. 9。
62 percent B。
9。
68 percentC. 9。
72 percentD. 9.84 percent4 Mary just purchased a bond which pays $60 a year in interest。
公司理财(英文版)题库3
CHAPTER 3Financial Statement Analysis, Planning, and Growth Multiple Choice Questions:I. DEFINITIONSLONG-TERM PLANNINGc 1. One key reason a long-term financial plan is developed is because:a. the plan determines your financial policy.b. the plan determines your investment policy.c. there are direct connections between achievable corporate growth and the financialpolicy.d. there is unlimited growth possible in a well-developed financial plan.e. None of the above.PRO FORMA STATEMENTSb 2. Projected future financial statements are called:a. plug statements.b. pro forma statements.c. reconciled statements.d. aggregated statements.e. none of the above.PERCENTAGE OF SALESe 3. The percentage of sales method:a. requires that all accounts grow at the same rate.b. separates accounts that vary with sales and those that do not vary with sales.c. allows the analyst to calculate how much financing the firm will need to support thepredicted sales level.d. Both A and B.e. Both B and C.COMMON-SIZE STATEMENTSe 4. A _____ standardizes items on the income statement and balance sheet as a percentageof total sales and total assets, respectively.a. tax reconciliation statementb. statement of standardizationc. statement of cash flowsd. common-base year statemente. common-size statementFINANCIAL RATIOSa 5. Relationships determined from a firm’s financial information and used for comparisonpurposes are known as:a. financial ratios.b. comparison statements.c. dimensional analysis.d. scenario analysis.e. solvency analysis.SHORT-TERM SOLVENCY RATIOSc 6. Financial ratios that measure a firm’s ability to pay its bills over the short run withoutundue stress are known as _____ ratios.a. asset managementb. long-term solvencyc. short-term solvencyd. profitabilitye. market valueCURRENT RATIOb 7. The current ratio is measured as:a. current assets minus current liabilities.b. current assets divided by current liabilities.c. current liabilities minus inventory, divided by current assets.d. cash on hand divided by current liabilities.e. current liabilities divided by current assets.QUICK RATIOd 8. The quick ratio is measured as:a. current assets divided by current liabilities.b. cash on hand plus current liabilities, divided by current assets.c. current liabilities divided by current assets, plus inventory.d. current assets minus inventory, divided by current liabilities.e. current assets minus inventory minus current liabilities.CASH RATIOe 9. The cash ratio is measured as:a. current assets divided by current liabilities.b. current assets minus cash on hand, divided by current liabilities.c. current liabilities plus current assets, divided by cash on hand.d. cash on hand plus inventory, divided by current liabilities.e. cash on hand divided by current liabilities.LONG-TERM SOLVENCY RATIOSb 10. Ratios that measure a firm’s financial leverage are known as _____ ratios.a. asset managementb. long-term solvencyc. short-term solvencyd. profitabilitye. market valueTOTAL DEBT RATIOa 11. The financial ratio measured as total assets minus total equity, divided by total assets, isthe:a. total debt ratio.b. equity multiplier.c. debt-equity ratio.d. current ratio.e. times interest earned ratio.DEBT-EQUITY RATIOc 12. The debt-equity ratio is measured as total:a. equity minus total debt.b. equity divided by total debt.c. debt divided by total equity.d. debt plus total equity.e. debt minus total assets, divided by total equity.EQUITY MULTIPLIERe 13. The equity multiplier ratio is measured as total:a. equity divided by total assets.b. equity plus total debt.c. assets minus total equity, divided by total assets.d. assets plus total equity, divided by total debt.e. assets divided by total equity.TIMES INTEREST EARNED RATIOc 14. The financial ratio measured as earnings before interest and taxes, divided by interestexpense is the:a. cash coverage ratio.b. debt-equity ratio.c. times interest earned ratio.d. gross margin.e. total debt ratio.CASH COVERAGE RATIOa 15. The financial ratio measured as earnings before interest and taxes, plus depreciation,divided by interest expense, is the:a. cash coverage ratio.b. debt-equity ratio.c. times interest earned ratio.d. gross margin.e. total debt ratio.ASSET MANAGEMENT RATIOSa 16. Ratios that measure how efficiently a firm uses its assets to generate sales are known as_____ ratios.a. asset managementb. long-term solvencyc. short-term solvencyd. profitabilitye. market valueINVENTORY TURNOVERc 17. The inventory turnover ratio is measured as:a. total sales minus inventory.b. inventory times total sales.c. cost of goods sold divided by inventory.d. inventory times cost of goods sold.e. inventory plus cost of goods sold.DAYS’ SALES IN INVENTORYe 18. The financial ratio days’ sales in inventory is measured as:a. inventory turnover plus 365 days.b. inventory times 365 days.c. inventory plus cost of goods sold, divided by 365 days.d. 365 days divided by the inventory.e. 365 days divided by the inventory turnover.RECEIVABLES TURNOVERb 19. The receivables turnover ratio is measured as:a. sales plus accounts receivable.b. sales divided by accounts receivable.c. sales minus accounts receivable, divided by sales.d. accounts receivable times sales.e. accounts receivable divided by sales.DAYS’ SALES IN RECEIVABLESd 20. The financial ratio days’ sales in receivables is measured as:a. receivables turnover plus 365 days.b. accounts receivable times 365 days.c. accounts receivable plus sales, divided by 365 days.d. 365 days divided by the receivables turnover.e. 365 days divided by the accounts receivable.TOTAL ASSET TURNOVERb 21. The total asset turnover ratio is measured as:a. sales minus total assets.b. sales divided by total assets.c. sales times total assets.d. total assets divided by sales.e. total assets plus sales.PROFITABILITY RATIOSd 22. Ratios that measure how efficiently a firm’s management uses its assets and equity togenerate bottom line net income are known as _____ ratios.a. asset managementb. long-term solvencyc. short-term solvencyd. profitabilitye. market valuePROFIT MARGINa 23. The financial ratio measured as net income divided by sales is known as the firm’s:a. profit margin.b. return on assets.c. return on equity.d. asset turnover.e. earnings before interest and taxes.RETURN ON ASSETSb 24. The financial ratio measured as net income divided by total assets is known as thefirm’s:a. profit margin.b. return on assets.c. return on equity.d. asset turnover.e. earnings before interest and taxes.RETURN ON EQUITYc 25. The financial ratio measured as net income divided by total equity is known as thefirm’s:a. profit margin.b. return on assets.c. return on equity.d. asset turnover.e. earnings before interest and taxes.PRICE-EARNINGS RATIOd 26. The financial ratio measured as the price per share of stock divided by earnings pershare is known as the:a. return on assets.b. return on equity.c. debt-equity ratio.d. price-earnings ratio.e. Du Pont identity.MARKET-TO-BOOK RATIOe 27. The market-to-book ratio is measured as:a. total equity divided by total assets.b. net income times market price per share of stock.c. net income divided by market price per share of stock.d. market price per share of stock divided by earnings per share.e. market value of equity per share divided by book value of equity per share.DU PONT IDENTITYa 28. The _____ breaks down return on equity into three component parts.a. Du Pont identityb. return on assetsc. statement of cash flowsd. asset turnover ratioe. equity multiplierEXTERNAL FUNDS NEEDEDc 29. The External Funds Needed (EFN) equation does not measures the:a. additional asset requirements given a change in sales.b. additional total liabilities financing raised given the change in sales.c. rate of return to shareholders given the change in sales.d. net income expected to be earned given the change in sales.e. None of the above.SUSTAINABLE GROWTH RATEe 30. To calculate sustainable growth rate, the analyst needs the:a. profit margin.b. payout ratio.c. debt-to-equity ratio.d. asset requirement ratio.e. All of the above.GROWTHb 31. Growth can be reconciled with the goal of maximizing firm value:a. because greater growth always adds to value.b. because growth must be an outcome of decisions that maximize NPV.c. because growth and wealth maximization are the same.d. because growth of any type cannot decrease value.e. none of the above.SUSTAINABLE GROWTHb 32. Sustainable growth can be determined by the:a. profit margin, total asset turnover and the price to earnings ratio.b. profit margin, the payout ratio, the debt-to-equity ratio, and the asset requirement ratio.c. Total growth less capital gains growth.d. Either A or B.e. None of the above.SUSTAINABLE GROWTHc 33. Which of the following will increase sustainable growth?a. Buy back existing stock.b. Decrease debt.c. Increase profit margin.d. Increase asset requirement ratio.e. Increase dividend payout ratio.LONG TERM PLANNINGd 34. The main objective of long-term financial planning models is to:a. determine the asset requirements given the investment activities of the firm.b. plan for contingencies or uncertain events.c. determine the external financing needs.d. all of the above are correct.e. none of the above are correct.COMMON-SIZE BALANCE SHEETd 35. On a common-size balance sheet, all _____accounts are shown as a percentage of:a. income; total assets.b.liability; net income.c.asset; sales.d.liability; total assets.e.equity; sales.RATIO ANALYSISa 36. Which one of the following statements is correct concerning ratio analysis?a. A single ratio is often computed differently by different individuals.b.Ratios do not address the problem of size differences among firms.c.There is only a very limited number of ratios which can be used for analytical purposes.d.Each ratio has a specific formula that is used consistently by all analysts.e.Ratios can not be used for comparison purposes over periods of time.LIQUIDITY RATIOSa 37. Which of the following are liquidity ratios?I.cash coverage ratioII.current ratioIII.quick ratioIV.inventory turnovera. II and III onlyb. I and II onlyc. II, III, and IV onlyd.I, III, and IV onlye.I, II, III, and IVLIQUIDITY RATIOSc 38. An increase in which one of the following accounts increases a firm’s current ratiowithout affecting its quick ratio?a. accounts payableb. cashc. inventoryd. accounts receivablee. fixed assetsLIQUIDITY RATIOSb 39. A supplier, who requires payment within ten days, is most concerned with whichone of the following ratios when granting credit?a. currentb.cashc.debt-equityd.quicke.total debtLONG-TERM SOLVENCY RATIOSd 40. A firm has a total debt ratio of .47. This means that that firm has 47 cents in debt forevery:a. $1 in equity.b. $1 in total sales.c. $1 in current assets.d.$.53 in equity.e.$.53 in total assets.LONG-TERM SOLVENCY RATIOSd 41. The long-term debt ratio is probably of most interest to a firm’s:a. credit customers.b.employees.c.suppliers.d.mortgage holder.e.shareholders.LONG-TERM SOLVENCY RATIOSe 42. A banker considering loaning a firm money for ten years would most likely prefer thefirm have a debt ratio of _____ and a times interest earned ratio of_____ .a. .75; .75.b..50; 1.00.c..45; 1.75.d..40; 2.50.e..35; 3.00.LONG-TERM SOLVENCY RATIOSb 43. From a cash flow position, which one of the following ratios best measures a firm’sability to pay the interest on its debts?a. times interest earned ratiob.cash coverage ratioc.cash ratiod.quick ratioe.interval measureASSET MANAGEMENT RATIOSa 44. The higher the inventory turnover measure, the:a. faster a firm sells its inventory.b.faster a firm collects payment on its sales.c.longer it takes a firm to sell its inventory.d.greater the amount of inventory held by a firm.e.lesser the amount of inventory held by a firm.ASSET MANAGEMENT RATIOSd 45. Which one of the following statements is correct if a firm has a receivables turnovermeasure of 10?a. It takes a firm 10 days to collect payment from its customers.b.It takes a firm 36.5 days to sell its inventory and collect the payment from the sale.c.It takes a firm 36.5 days to pay its creditors.d.The firm has an average collection period of 36.5 days.e.The firm has ten times more in accounts receivable than it does in cash.ASSET MANAGEMENT RATIOSd 46. A total asset turnover measure of 1.03 means that a firm has $1.03 in:a. total assets for every $1 in cash.b.total assets for every $1 in total debt.c.total assets for every $1 in equity.d.sales for every $1 in total assets.e.long-term assets for every $1 in short-term assets.PROFITABILITY RATIOSc 47. Puffy’s Pastries generates five cents of net income for every $1 in sales. Thus,Puffy’s has a _____ of 5 percent.a. return on assetsb.return on equityc.profit margind.Du Pont measuree.total asset turnoverPROFITABILITY RATIOSa 48. If a firm produces a 10 percent return on assets and also a 10 percent return onequity, then the firm:a. has no debt of any kind.b.is using its assets as efficiently as possible.c.has no net working capital.d.also has a current ratio of 10.e.has an equity multiplier of 2.PROFITABILITY RATIOSc 49. If shareholders want to know how much profit a firm is making on their entireinvestment in the firm, the shareholders should look at the:a. profit margin.b.return on assets.c.return on equity.d.equity multiplier.e.earnings per share.PROFITABILITY RATIOSa 50. BGL Enterprises increases its operating efficiency such that costs decrease while salesremain constant. As a result, given all else constant, the:a. return on equity will increase.b. return on assets will decrease.c. profit margin will decline.d. equity multiplier will decrease.e. price-earnings ratio will increase.PROFITABILITY RATIOSd 51. The only d ifference between Joe’s and Moe’s is that Joe’s has old, fully depreciatedequipment. Moe’s just purchased all new equipment which will be depreciated overeight years. Assuming all else equal:a. Joe’s will have a lower profit margin.b. Joe’s will have a lower return on equity.c. Moe’s will have a higher net income.d. Moe’s will have a lower profit margin.e. Moe’s will have a higher return on assets.MARKET VALUE RATIOSe 52. Last year, Alfred’s Automotive had a price-earnings ratio of 15. This year, the priceearnings ratio is 18. Based on this information, it can be stated with certainty that:a. the price per share increased.b. the earnings per share decreased.c. investors are paying a higher price for each share of stock purchased.d. investors are receiving a higher rate of return this year.e. either the price per share, the earnings per share, or both changed.MARKET VALUE RATIOb 53. Turner’s Inc. has a price-earnings ratio of 16. Alfred’s Co. has a price-earnings ratio of19. T hus, you can state with certainty that one share of stock in Alfred’s:a. has a higher market price than one share of stock in Turner’s.b. has a higher market price per dollar of earnings than does one share of Turner’s.c. sells at a lower price per s hare than one share of Turner’s.d. represents a larger percentage of firm ownership than does one share of Turner’s stock.e. earns a greater profit per share than does one share of Turner’s stock.MARKET VALUE RATIOSb 54. Which two of the following are most apt to cause a firm to have a higher price-earningsratio?I. slow industry outlookII. high prospect of firm growthIII. very low current earningsIV. investors with a low opinion of the firma. I and II onlyb. II and III onlyc. II and IV onlyd. I and III onlye. III and IV onlyMARKET VALUE RATIOSd 55. Vinnie’s Motors has a market-to-book ratio of 3. The book value per share is $4.00.This means that a $1 increase in the book value per share will:a. cause the accountants to increase the equity of the firm by an additional $2.b. increase the market price per share by $1.c. increase the market price per share by $12.d. tend to cause the market price per share to rise.e. only affect book values but not market values.MARKET VALUE RATIOSd 56. Which one of the following sets of ratios applies most directly to shareholders?a. return on assets and profit marginb.quick ratio and times interest earnedc.price-earnings ratio and debt-equity ratiod.market-to-book ratio and price-earnings ratioe.cash coverage ratio and times equity multiplierDU PONT IDENTITYb 57. The three parts of the Du Pont identity can be generally described as:I. operating efficiency, asset use efficiency and firm profitability.II. financial leverage, operating efficiency and asset use efficiency.III. the equity multiplier, the profit margin and the total asset turnover.IV. the debt-equity ratio, the capital intensity ratio and the profit margin.a. I and II onlyb. II and III onlyc. I and IV onlyd. I and III onlye. III and IV onlyDU PONT IDENTITYe 58. If a firm decreases their operating costs, all else constant, then:a. the profit margin increases while the equity multiplier decreases.b. the return on assets increases while the return on equity decreases.c. the total asset turnover rate decreases while the profit margin increases.d. both the profit margin and the equity multiplier increase.e. both the return on assets and the return on equity increase.EVALUATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTSb 59. Which one of the following statements is correct?a. Book values should always be given precedence over market values.b. Financial statements are frequently the basis used for performance evaluations.c. Historical information has no value when predicting the future.d. Potential lenders place little value on financial statement information.e. Reviewing financial information over time has very limited value.EVALUATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTSc 60. It is easier to evaluate a firm using their financial statements when the firm:a. is a conglomerate.b. is global in nature.c. uses the same accounting procedures as other firms in their industry.d. has a different fiscal year than other firms in their industry.e. tends to have one-time events such as asset sales and property acquisitions. EVALUATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTSa 61. Which two of the following represent the most effective methods ofdirectly evaluating the financial performance of a firm?I. comparing the current financial ratios to those of the same firm from prior timeperiodsII. comparing a firm’s financial ratios to those of other firms in the firm’s peergroup who have similar operationsIII. comparing the financial statements of the firm to the financial statements of similar firms operating in other countriesIV. comparing the financial ratios of the firm to the average ratios of all firms located in the same geographic areaa. I and II onlyb. II and III onlyc. III and IV onlyd. I and IV onlye. I and III onlyEVALUATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTSe 62. Which of the following represent problems encountered when comparing the financialstatements of one firm with those of another firm?I. Either one, or both, of the firms may be conglomerates and thus have unrelated lines ofbusiness.II. The operations of the two firms may vary geographically.III. The firms may use differing accounting methods for inventory purposes.IV. The two firms may be seasonal in nature and have different fiscal year ends.a. I and II onlyb. II and III onlyc. I, III, and IV onlyd. I, II, and III onlye. I, II, III, and IVEXTERNAL FUNDS NEEDEDb 63. In the financial planning model, external funds needed (EFN) is equal to changes ina. assets - (liabilities – equity).b. assets - (liabilities + equity).c. (assets + liabilities. – equity).d. (assets + equity. – liabilities).e. assets - equity.SUSTAINABLE GROWTH RATEe 64. A firm's sustainable growth rate in sales does not directly depend on itsa. debt to equity ratio.b. profit margin.c. dividend policy.d. asset efficiency.e. all of the above.SUSTAINABLE GROWTH RATEa 65. The sustainable growth rate will be equivalent to the internal growth rate when:a. a firm has no debt.b. the growth rate is positive.c. the plowback ratio is positive but less than 1.d. a firm has a debt-equity ratio exactly equal to 1.e. net income is greater than zero.SUSTAINABLE GROWTH RATEb 66. The sustainable growth rate:a. assumes there is no external financing of any kind.b. is normally higher than the internal growth rate.c. assumes the debt-equity ratio is variable.d. is based on receiving additional external debt and equity financing.e. assumes that 100 percent of all income is retained by the firm.SUSTAINABLE GROWTH RATEd 67. If a firm bases its growth projection on the rate of sustainable growth, and showspositive net income, then the:a. fixed assets will have to increase at the same rate, regardless of the current capacitylevel.b. number of common shares outstanding will increase at the same rate of growth.c. debt-equity ratio will have to increase.d. debt-equity ratio will remain constant while retained earnings increase.e. fixed assets, debt-equity ratio, and number of common shares outstanding will allincrease.SUSTAINABLE GROWTH RATEd 68. Marcie’s Mercantile wants to maintain their current dividend policy, which is a payoutratio of 40 percent. The firm does not want to increase their equity financing but arewilling to maintain their current debt-equity ratio. Given these requirements, themaximum rate at which Marcie’s can grow is equal to:a. 40 percent of the internal rate of growth.b. 60 percent of the internal rate of growth.c. the internal rate of growth.d. the sustainable rate of growth.e. 60 percent of the sustainable rate of growth.FINANCIAL PLANNING MODELSe 69. One of the primary weaknesses of many financial planning models is that they:a. rely too much on financial relationships and too little on accounting relationships.b. are iterative in nature.c. ignore the goals and objectives of senior management.d. are based solely on best case assumptions.e. ignore the size, risk, and timing of cash flows.FINANCIAL PLANNINGd 70. Financial planning, when properly executed,a. ignores the normal restraints encountered by a firm.b. ensures that the primary goals of senior management are fully achieved.c. reduces the necessity of daily management oversight of the business operations.d. helps ensure that proper financing is in place to support the desired level of growth.e. eliminates the need to plan more than one year in advance.III. PROBLEMSCOMMON-SIZE STATEMENTSb 71. A firm has sales of $1,200, net income of $200, net fixed assets of $500, and currentassets of $300. The firm has $100 in inventory. What is the common-size statementvalue of inventory?a. 8.3 percentb. 12.5 percentc. 20.0 percentd. 33.3 percente. 50.0 percentCOMMON-SIZE STATEMENTSa 72. A firm has sales of $1,500, net income of $100, total assets of $1,000, and total equityof $700. Interest expense is $50. What is the common-size statement value of theinterest expense?a. 3.3 percentb. 5.0 percentc. 7.1 percentd. 16.7 percente. 50.0 percentLIQUIDITY RATIOSb 73. Jessica’s Boutique has cash of $50, accounts receivable of $60, accounts payable of$200, and inventory of $150. What is the value of the quick ratio?a. .30b. .55c. .77d. 1.30e. 1.82LONG-TERM SOLVENCY RATIOSa 74. A firm has a debt-equity ratio of .40. What is the total debt ratio?a. .29b. .33c. .67d. 1.40e. 1.50LONG-TERM SOLVENCY RATIOSe 75. A firm has total debt of $1,200 and a debt-equity ratio of .30. What is the value of thetotal assets?a. $1,560b. $3,000c. $3,600d. $4,000e. $5,200LONG-TERM SOLVENCY RATIOSd 76. A firm has sales of $3,600, costs of $2,800, interest paid of $100, and depreciation of$400. The tax rate is 34 percent. What is the value of the cash coverage ratio?a. 2b. 4c. 6d. 8e. 10LONG-TERM SOLVENCY RATIOSd 77. Rosita’s Resources paid $250 in interest and $130 in dividends last year. The timesinterest earned ratio is 3.8 and the depreciation expense is $60. What is the value of thecash coverage ratio?a. 2.40b. 3.52c. 3.80d. 4.04e. 4.28ASSET MANAGEMENT RATIOSc 78. Mario’s Home Systems has sales of $2,800, costs of goods sold of $2,100, inventory of$500, and accounts receivable of $400. How many days, on average, does it takeMario’s to sell their inventory?a. 65.2 daysb. 85.2 daysc. 86.9 daysd. 96.9 dayse. 117.3 daysASSET MANAGEMENT RATIOSd 79. Syed’s Industries has accounts receivable of $700, inventory of $1,200, sales of$4,200, and cost of g oods sold of $3,400. How long does it take Syed’s to both selltheir inventory and then collect the payment on the sale?b. 146 daysc. 163 daysd. 190 dayse. 211 daysASSET MANAGEMENT RATIOSb 80. A firm has net working capital of $400, net fixed assets of $2,400, sales of $6,000, andcurrent liabilities of $800. How many dollars worth of sales are generated from every$1 in total assets?a. $1.33b. $1.67c. $1.88d. $2.33e. $2.50PROFITABILITY RATIOSb 81 Rosita’s Resta urante has sales of $4,500, total debt of $1,300, total equity of $2,400,and a profit margin of 5 percent. What is the return on assets?a. 5.00 percentb. 6.08 percentc. 7.39 percentd. 9.38 percente. 17.31 percentPROFITABILITY RATIOSc 82. L ee Sun’s has sales of $3,000, total assets of $2,500, and a profit margin of 5 percent.The firm has a total debt ratio of 40 percent. What is the return on equity?a. 6 percentb. 8 percentc. 10 percentd. 12 percente. 15 percentMARKET VALUE RATIOSd 83. Jupiter Explorers has $6,400 in sales. The profit margin is 4 percent. There are 6,400shares of stock outstanding. The market price per share is $1.20. What is the price-earnings ratio?a. 13b. 14c. 21d. 30e. 48MARKET VALUE RATIOSc 84. Patti’s has net income of $1,800, a price-earnings ratio of 12, and earnings per share of$1.20. How many shares of stock are outstanding?a. 1,200b. 1,400c. 1,500d. 1,600。
罗斯公司理财Chap001全英文题库及答案
罗斯公司理财Chap001全英文题库及答案Chapter 01 Introduction to Corporate Finance Answer Key Multiple Choice Questions1. The person generally directly responsible for overseeing the tax management, cost accounting, financial accounting, and information system functions is the:A. treasurer.B. director.C. controller.D. chairman of the board.E. chief executive officer.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: CONTROLLERType: DEFINITIONS2. The person generally directly responsible for overseeing the cash and credit functions, financial planning, and capital expenditures is the:A. treasurer.B. director.C. controller.D. chairman of the board.E. chief operations officer.3. The process of planning and managing a firm's long-term investments is called:A. working capital management.B. financial depreciation.C. agency cost analysis.D. capital budgeting.E. capital structure.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: CAPITAL BUDGETINGType: DEFINITIONS4. The mixture of debt and equity used by a firm to finance its operations is called:A. working capital management.B. financial depreciation.C. cost analysis.D. capital budgeting.E. capital structure.5. The management of a firm's short-term assets and liabilities is called:A. working capital management.B. debt management.C. equity management.D. capital budgeting.E. capital structure.6. A business owned by a single individual is called a:A. corporation.B. sole proprietorship.C. general partnership.D. limited partnership.E. limited liability company.7. A business formed by two or more individuals who each have unlimited liability for business debts is called a:A. corporation.B. sole proprietorship.C. general partnership.D. limited partnership.E. limited liability company.8. The division of profits and losses among the members ofa partnership is formalized in the:A. indemnity clause.B. indenture contract.C. statement of purpose.D. partnership agreement.E. group charter.9. A business created as a distinct legal entity composed of one or more individuals or entities is called a:A. corporation.B. sole proprietorship.C. general partnership.D. limited partnership.E. unlimited liability company.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: CORPORATIONType: DEFINITIONS10. The corporate document that sets forth the business purpose of a firm is the:A. indenture contract.B. state tax agreement.C. corporate bylaws.D. debt charter.E. articles of incorporation.11. The rules by which corporations govern themselves are called:A. indenture provisions.B. indemnity provisions.C. charter agreements.D. bylaws.E. articles of incorporation.12. A business entity operated and taxed like a partnership, but with limited liability for the owners, is called a:A. limited liability company.B. general partnership.C. limited proprietorship.D. sole proprietorship.E. corporation.13. The primary goal of financial management is to:A. maximize current dividends per share of the existing stock.B. maximize the current value per share of the existing stock.C. avoid financial distress.D. minimize operational costs and maximize firm efficiency.E. maintain steady growth in both sales and net earnings.14. A conflict of interest between the stockholders and management of a firm is called:A. stockholders' liability.B. corporate breakdown.C. the agency problem.D. corporate activism.E. legal liability.15. Agency costs refer to:A. the total dividends paid to stockholders over the lifetime of a firm.B. the costs that result from default and bankruptcy of a firm.C. corporate income subject to double taxation.D. the costs of any conflicts of interest between stockholders and management.E. the total interest paid to creditors over the lifetime of the firm.16. A stakeholder is:A. any person or entity that owns shares of stock of a corporation.B. any person or entity that has voting rights based on stock ownership of a corporation.C. a person who initially started a firm and currently has management control over the cash flows of the firm due to his/her current ownership of company stock.D. a creditor to whom the firm currently owes money and who consequently has a claim on the cash flows of the firm.E. any person or entity other than a stockholder or creditor who potentially has a claim on the cash flows of the firm.17. The Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 is intended to:A. protect financial managers from investors.B. not have any effect on foreign companies.C. reduce corporate revenues.D. protect investors from corporate abuses.E. decrease audit costs for U.S. firms.18. The treasurer and the controller of a corporation generally report to the:A. board of directors.B. chairman of the board.C. chief executive officer.D. president.E. chief financial officer.19. Which one of the following statements is correct concerning the organizational structure ofa corporation?A. The vice president of finance reports to the chairman of the board.B. The chief executive officer reports to the board of directors.C. The controller reports to the president.D. The treasurer reports to the chief executive officer.E. The chief operations officer reports to the vice president of production.Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTUREType: CONCEPTS20. Which one of the following is a capital budgeting decision?A. determining how much debt should be borrowed from a particular lenderB. deciding whether or not to open a new storeC. deciding when to repay a long-term debtD. determining how much inventory to keep on handE. determining how much money should be kept in the checking account21. The Sarbanes Oxley Act was enacted in:A. 1952.B. 1967.C. 1998.D. 2002.E. 2006.22. Since the implementation of Sarbanes-Oxley, the cost of going public in the United States has:A. increased.B. decreased.C. remained about the same.D. been erratic, but over time has decreased.E. It is impossible to tell since Sarbanes-Oxley compliancedoes not involve direct cost to the firm.23. Working capital management includes decisions concerning which of the following?I. accounts payableII. long-term debtIII. accounts receivableIV. inventoryA. I and II onlyB. I and III onlyC. II and IV onlyD. I, II, and III onlyE. I, III, and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumTopic: WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENTType: CONCEPTS24. Working capital management:A. ensures that sufficient equipment is available to produce the amount of product desired on a daily basis.B. ensures that long-term debt is acquired at the lowest possible cost.C. ensures that dividends are paid to all stockholders on an annual basis.D. balances the amount of company debt to the amount of available equity.E. is concerned with the upper portion of the balance sheet.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENTType: CONCEPTS25. Which one of the following statements concerning a sole proprietorship is correct?A. A sole proprietorship is the least common form of business ownership.B. The profits of a sole proprietorship are taxed twice.C. The owners of a sole proprietorship share profits as established by the partnership agreement.D. The owner of a sole proprietorship may be forced to sell his/her personal assets to pay company debts.E. A sole proprietorship is often structured as a limited liability company.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: SOLE PROPRIETORSHIPType: CONCEPTS26. Which one of the following statements concerning a sole proprietorship is correct?A. The life of the firm is limited to the life span of the owner.B. The owner can generally raise large sums of capital quite easily.C. The ownership of the firm is easy to transfer to another individual.D. The company must pay separate taxes from those paid by the owner.E. The legal costs to form a sole proprietorship are quite substantial.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: SOLE PROPRIETORSHIPType: CONCEPTS27. Which one of the following best describes the primary advantage of being a limited partner rather than a general partner?A. entitlement to a larger portion of the partnership's incomeB. ability to manage the day-to-day affairs of the businessC. no potential financial lossD. greater management responsibilityE. liability for firm debts limited to the capital investedDifficulty level: EasyTopic: PARTNERSHIPType: CONCEPTS28. A general partner:A. has less legal liability than a limited partner.B. has more management responsibility than a limited partner.C. faces double taxation whereas a limited partner does not.D. cannot lose more than the amount of his/her equity investment.E. is the term applied only to corporations which invest in partnerships.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: PARTNERSHIPType: CONCEPTS29. A partnership:A. is taxed the same as a corporation.B. agreement defines whether the business income will be taxed like a partnership or a corporation.C. terminates at the death of any general partner.D. has less of an ability to raise capital than a proprietorship.E. allows for easy transfer of interest from one general partner to another.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: PARTNERSHIPType: CONCEPTS30. Which of the following are disadvantages of a partnership?I. limited life of the firmII. personal liability for firm debtIII. greater ability to raise capital than a sole proprietorshipIV. lack of ability to transfer partnership interestA. I and II onlyB. III and IV onlyC. II and III onlyD. I, II, and IV onlyE. I, III, and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumTopic: PARTNERSHIPType: CONCEPTS31. Which of the following are advantages of the corporate form of business ownership?I. limited liability for firm debtII. double taxationIII. ability to raise capitalIV. unlimited firm lifeA. I and II onlyB. III and IV onlyC. I, II, and III onlyD. II, III, and IV onlyE. I, III, and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumTopic: CORPORATIONType: CONCEPTS32. Which one of the following statements is correct concerning corporations?A. The largest firms are usually corporations.B. The majority of firms are corporations.C. The stockholders are usually the managers of a corporation.D. The ability of a corporation to raise capital is quite limited.E. The income of a corporation is taxed as personal income of the stockholders.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: CORPORATIONType: CONCEPTS33. Which one of the following statements is correct?A. Both partnerships and corporations incur double taxation.B. Both sole proprietorships and partnerships are taxed in a similar fashion.C. Partnerships are the most complicated type of business to form.D. Both partnerships and corporations have limited liability for general partners and shareholders.E. All types of business formations have limited lives.Difficulty level: MediumTopic: BUSINESS TYPESType: CONCEPTS34. The articles of incorporation:A. can be used to remove company management.B. are amended annually by the company stockholders.C. set forth the number of shares of stock that can be issued.D. set forth the rules by which the corporation regulates its existence.E. can set forth the conditions under which the firm can avoid double taxation.35. The bylaws:A. establish the name of the corporation.B. are rules which apply only to limited liability companies.C. set forth the purpose of the firm.D. mandate the procedure for electing corporate directors.E. set forth the procedure by which the stockholders elect the senior managers of the firm.36. The owners of a limited liability company prefer:A. being taxed like a corporation.B. having liability exposure similar to that of a sole proprietor.C. being taxed personally on all business income.D. having liability exposure similar to that of a general partner.E. being taxed like a corporation with liability like a partnership.Difficulty level: MediumTopic: LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANYType: CONCEPTS37. Which one of the following business types is best suited to raising large amounts of capital?A. sole proprietorshipB. limited liability companyC. corporationD. general partnershipE. limited partnershipDifficulty level: EasyTopic: CORPORATIONType: CONCEPTS38. Which type of business organization has all the respective rights and privileges of a legal person?A. sole proprietorshipB. general partnershipC. limited partnershipD. corporationE. limited liability companyDifficulty level: EasyTopic: CORPORATIONType: CONCEPTS39. Financial managers should strive to maximize the current value per share of the existing stock because:A. doing so guarantees the company will grow in size at the maximum possible rate.B. doing so increases the salaries of all the employees.C. the current stockholders are the owners of the corporation.D. doing so means the firm is growing in size faster than its competitors.E. the managers often receive shares of stock as part of their compensation.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: GOAL OF FINANC IAL MANAGEMENTType: CONCEPTS40. The decisions made by financial managers should all be ones which increase the:A. size of the firm.B. growth rate of the firm.C. marketability of the managers.D. market value of the existing owners' equity.E. financial distress of the firm.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: GOAL OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENTType: CONCEPTS41. Which one of the following actions by a financialmanager creates an agency problem?A. refusing to borrow money when doing so will create losses for the firmB. refusing to lower selling prices if doing so will reduce the net profitsC. agreeing to expand the company at the expense of stockholders' valueD. agreeing to pay bonuses based on the book value of the company stockE. increasing current costs in order to increase the market value of the stockholders' equity42. Which of the following help convince managers to work in the best interest of the stockholders?I. compensation based on the value of the stockII. stock option plansIII. threat of a proxy fightIV. threat of conversion to a partnershipA. I and II onlyB. II and III onlyC. I, II and III onlyD. I and III onlyE. I, II, III, and IVDifficulty level: MediumTopic: AGENCY PROBLEMType: CONCEPTS43. Which form of business structure faces the greatest agency problems?A. sole proprietorshipB. general partnershipC. limited partnershipD. corporationE. limited liability company44. A proxy fight occurs when:A. the board solicits renewal of current members.B. a group solicits proxies to replace the board of directors.C. a competitor offers to sell their ownership in the firm.D. the firm files for bankruptcy.E. the firm is declared insolvent.45. Which one of the following parties is considered a stakeholder of a firm?A. employeeB. short-term creditorC. long-term creditorD. preferred stockholderE. common stockholderDifficulty level: EasyTopic: STAKEHOLDERSType: CONCEPTS46. Which of the following are key requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act?I. Officers of the corporation must review and sign annual reports.II. Officers of the corporation must now own more than 5% of the firm's stock. III. Annual reports must list deficiencies in internal controlsIV. Annual reports must be filed with the SEC within 30 days of year end.A. I onlyB. II onlyC. I and III onlyD. II and III onlyE. II and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumTopic: SARBANES-OXLEYType: CONCEPTS47. Insider trading is:A. legal.B. illegal.C. impossible to have in our efficient market.D. discouraged, but legal.E. list only the securities of the largest firms.48. Sole proprietorships are predominantly started because:A. they are easily and cheaply setup.B. the proprietorship life is limited to the business owner's life.C. all business taxes are paid as individual tax.D. All of the above.E. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: SOLE PROPRIETORSHIPSType: CONCEPTS49. Managers are encouraged to act in shareholders' interests by:A. shareholder election of a board of directors who select management.B. the threat of a takeover by another firm.C. compensation contracts that tie compensation to corporate success.D. Both A and B.E. All of the above.Difficulty level: MediumTopic: GOVERNANCEType: CONCEPTS50. The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 focuses on:A. all stock transactions.B. sales of existing securities.C. issuance of new securities.D. insider trading.E. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance.Difficulty level: MediumTopic: REGULATIONType: CONCEPTS51. The basic regulatory framework in the United States was provided by:A. the Securities Act of 1933.B. the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.C. the monetary system.D. A and B.E. All of the above.Difficulty level: MediumTopic: REGULATIONType: CONCEPTS52. The Securities Act of 1933 focuses on:A. all stock transactions.B. sales of existing securities.C. issuance of new securities.D. insider trading.E. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: REGULATIONType: CONCEPTS53. In a limited partnership:A. each limited partner's liability is limited to his net worth.B. each limited partner's liability is limited to the amount he put into the partnership.C. each limited partner's liability is limited to his annual salary.D. there is no limitation on liability; only a limitation on what the partner can earn.E. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: LIMITED PARTNERSHIPType: CONCEPTS54. Accounting profits and cash flows are:A. generally the same since they reflect current laws and accounting standards.B. generally the same since accounting profits reflect when the cash flows are received.C. generally not the same since GAAP allows for revenue recognition separate from the receipt of cash flows.D. generally not the same because cash inflows occur before revenue recognition.E. Both c and d.。
公司理财(英文版)题库
..word教育资料CHAPTER 2 Financial Statements & Cash FlowMultiple Choice Questions:I. DEFINITIONSBALANCE SHEETb 1. The financial statement showing a firm’s accounting value on aparticular date is the:a. income statement.b. balance sheet.c. statement of cash flows.d. tax reconciliation statement.e. shareholders’ equity sheet.Difficulty level: EasyCURRENT ASSETSc 2. A current asset is:a. an item currently owned by the firm.b. an item that the firm expects to own within the next year.c. an item currently owned by the firm that will convert to cash withinthe next 12 months.d. the amount of cash on hand the firm currently shows on its balancesheet.e. the market value of all items currently owned by the firm.Difficulty level: EasyLONG-TERM DEBTb 3. The long-term debts of a firm are liabilities:a. that come due within the next 12 months.b. that do not come due for at least 12 months.c. owed to the firm’s suppliers.d. owed to the firm’s shareholders.e. the firm expects to incur within the next 12 months.Difficulty level: EasyNET WORKING CAPITALe 4. Net working capital is defined as:a. total liabilities minus shareholders’ equity.b. current liabilities minus shareholders’ equity.c. fixed assets minus long-term liabilities.d. total assets minus total liabilities.e. current assets minus current liabilities.Difficulty level: EasyLIQUID ASSETSd 5. A(n) ____ asset is one which can be quickly converted into cashwithout significant loss in value.a. currentb. fixedc. intangibled. liquide. long-termDifficulty level: EasyINCOME STATEMENTa 6. The financial statement summarizing a firm’s performance over a periodof time is the:a. income statement.b. balance sheet.c. statement of cash flows.d. tax reconciliation statement.e. shareholders’ equity sheet.Difficulty level: EasyNONCASH ITEMSd 7. Noncash items refer to:a. the credit sales of a firm.b. the accounts payable of a firm.c. the costs incurred for the purchase of intangible fixed assets.d. expenses charged against revenues that do not directly affect cashflow.e. all accounts on the balance sheet other than cash on hand.Difficulty level: EasyMARGINAL TAX RATESe 8. Your _____ tax rate is the amount of tax payable on the next taxabledollar you earn.a. deductibleb. residualc. totald. averagee. marginalDifficulty level: EasyAVERAGE TAX RATESd 9. Your _____ tax rate measures the total taxes you pay divided by yourtaxable income.a. deductibleb. residualc. totald. averagee. marginalDifficulty level: EasyCASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIESa 10. _____ refers to the cash flow that results from the firm’s ongoing,normal business activities.a. Cash flow from operating activitiesb. Capital spendingc. Net working capitald. Cash flow from assetse. Cash flow to creditorsDifficulty level: MediumCASH FLOW FROM INVESTINGb 11. _____ refers to the changes in net capital assets.a. Operating cash flowb. Cash flow from investingc. Net working capitald. Cash flow from assetse. Cash flow to creditorsDifficulty level: MediumNET WORKING CAPITALc 12. _____ refers to the difference between a firm’s current assets and itscurrent liabilities.a. Operating cash flowb. Capital spendingc. Net working capitald. Cash flow from assetse. Cash flow to creditorsDifficulty level: EasyCASH FLOW OF OPERATIONSd 13. _____ refers to the net total cash flow of the firm available fordistribution to its creditors and stockholders.a. Operating cash flowb. Capital spendingc. Net working capitald. Cash flow from operationse. Cash flow to creditorsCASH FLOW TO CREDITORSe 14. _____ refers to the firm’s interest payments less any net newborrowing.a. Operating cash flowb. Capital spendingc. Net working capitald. Cash flow from shareholderse. Cash flow to creditorsCASH FLOW TO STOCKHOLDERSe 15. _____ refers to the firm’s dividend payments less any net new equityraised.a. Operating cash flowb. Capital spendingc. Net working capitald. Cash flow from creditorse. Cash flow to stockholdersEARNINGS PER SHAREa 16. Earnings per share is equal to:a. net income divided by the total number of shares outstanding.b. net income divided by the par value of the common stock.c. gross income multiplied by the par value of the common stock.d. operating income divided by the par value of the common stock.e. net income divided by total shareholders’ equity.DIVIDENDS PER SHAREb 17. Dividends per share is equal to dividends paid:a. divided by the par value of common stock.b. divided by the total number of shares outstanding.c. divided by total shareholders’ equity.d. multiplied by the par value of the common stock.e. multiplied by the total number of shares outstanding.II. CONCEPTSCURRENT ASSETSa 18. Which of the following are included in current assets?I. equipmentII. inventoryIII. a ccounts payableIV. casha. II and IV onlyb. I and III onlyc. I, II, and IV onlyd. III and IV onlye. II, III, and IV onlyCURRENT LIABILITIESb 19. Which of the following are included in current liabilities?I. note payable to a supplier in eighteen monthsII. debt payable to a mortgage company in nine monthsIII. a ccounts payable to suppliersIV. loan payable to the bank in fourteen monthsa. I and III onlyb. II and III onlyc. III and IV onlyd. II, III, and IV onlye. I, II, and III onlyBALANCE SHEETd 20. An increase in total assets:a.means that net working capital is also increasing.b.requires an investment in fixed assets.c.means that shareholders’ equity must also increase.d.must be offset by an equal increase in liabilities and shareholders’equity.e.can only occur when a firm has positive net income.LIQUIDITYc 21. Which one of the following accounts is generally the most liquid?a. inventoryb.buildingc.accounts receivabled.equipmente.patentLIQUIDITYe 22. Which one of the following statements concerning liquidity is correct?a.If you sold an asset today, it is a liquid asset.b.If you can sell an asset next year at a price equal to its actualvalue, the asset is highly liquid.c.Trademarks and patents are highly liquid.d.The less liquidity a firm has, the lower the probability the firm willencounter financialdifficulties.e.Balance sheet accounts are listed in order of decreasing liquidity.LIQUIDITYd 23. Liquidity is:a. a measure of the use of debt in a firm’s capital structure.b.equal to current assets minus current liabilities.c.equal to the market value of a firm’s total assets minus its currentliabilities.d.valuable to a firm even though liquid assets tend to be lessprofitable to own.e.generally associated with intangible assets.SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITYd 24. Which of the following accounts are included in shareholders’ equity?I. interest paidII. retained earningsIII. c apital surplusIV. long-term debta. I and II onlyb. II and IV onlyc. I and IV onlyd. II and III onlye. I and III onlyBOOK VALUEb 25. Book value:a. is equivalent to market value for firms with fixed assets.b.is based on historical cost.c.generally tends to exceed market value when fixed assets are included.d.is more of a financial than an accounting valuation.e.is adjusted to market value whenever the market value exceeds thestated book value.MARKET VALUEa 26. When making financial decisions related to assets, you should:a.always consider market values.b.place more emphasis on book values than on market values.c.rely primarily on the value of assets as shown on the balance sheet.d.place primary emphasis on historical costs.e.only consider market values if they are less than book values.INCOME STATEMENTd 27. As seen on an income statement:a.interest is deducted from income and increases the total taxesincurred.b.the tax rate is applied to the earnings before interest and taxes whenthe firm has both depreciation and interest expenses.c.depreciation is shown as an expense but does not affect the taxespayable.d.depreciation reduces both the pretax income and the net income.e.interest expense is added to earnings before interest and taxes to getpretax income.EARNINGS PER SHAREa 28. The earnings per share will:a. increase as net income increases.b.increase as the number of shares outstanding increase.c.decrease as the total revenue of the firm increases.d.increase as the tax rate increases.e.decrease as the costs decrease.DIVIDENDS PER SHAREe 29. Dividends per share:a. increase as the net income increases as long as the number of sharesoutstanding remains constant.b.decrease as the number of shares outstanding decrease, all elseconstant.c.are inversely related to the earnings per share.d.are based upon the dividend requirements established by GenerallyAccepted Accounting Procedures.e.are equal to the amount of net income distributed to shareholdersdivided by the number of shares outstanding.REALIZATION PRINCIPLEb 30. According to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles,a.income is recorded based on the matching principle.b.income is recorded based on the realization principle.c.costs are recorded based on the liquidity principle. income is recorded based on the realization principle.e.depreciation is recorded as it affects the cash flows of a firm.MATCHING PRINCIPLEc 31. According to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, costs are:a. recorded as incurred.b. recorded when paid.c. matched with revenues.d. matched with production levels.e. expensed as management desires.NONCASH ITEMSa 32. Depreciation:a. is a noncash expense that is recorded on the income statement.b.increases the net fixed assets as shown on the balance sheet.c.reduces both the net fixed assets and the costs of a firm.d.is a non-cash expense which increases the net operating income.e.decreases net fixed assets, net income, and operating cash flows.MARGINAL TAX RATEc 33. When you are making a financial decision, the most relevant tax rateis the _____ rate.a. averageb.fixedc.marginald.totale.variableOPERATING CASH FLOWa 34. An increase in which one of the following will cause the operatingcash flow to increase?a. depreciationb.change in net working capital working capitald.taxese.costsCHANGE IN NET WORKING CAPITALe 35. A firm starts its year with a positive net working capital. During theyear, the firm acquires more short-term debt than it does short-termassets. This means that:a. the ending net working capital will be negative.b. both accounts receivable and inventory decreased during the year.c. the beginning current assets were less than the beginning current liabilities.d. accounts payable increased and inventory decreased during the year.e. the ending net working capital can be positive, negative, or equal to zero.CASH FLOW TO CREDITORSc 36. The cash flow to creditors includes the cash:a.received by the firm when payments are paid to suppliers.b.outflow of the firm when new debt is acquired.c. outflow when interest is paid on outstanding debt.d. inflow when accounts payable decreases.e. received when long-term debt is paid off.CASH FLOW TO STOCKHOLDERSa 37. Cash flow to stockholders must be positive when:a.the dividends paid exceed the net new equity raised.b.the net sale of common stock exceeds the amount of dividends paid.c.no income is distributed but new shares of stock are sold.d.both the cash flow to assets and the cash flow to creditors arenegative.e.both the cash flow to assets and the cash flow to creditors arepositive.BALANCE SHEETb 38. Which equality is the basis for the balance sheet?a. Fixed Assets = Stockholder's Equity + Current Assetsb. Assets = Liabilities + Stockholder's Equityc. Assets = Current Long-Term Debt + Retained Earningsd. Fixed Assets = Liabilities + Stockholder's Equitye. None of the above.BALANCE SHEETa 39. Assets are listed on the balance sheet in order of:a. decreasing liquidity.b. decreasing size.c. increasing size.d. relative life.e. None of the above.DEBTe 40. Debt is a contractual obligation that:a. requires the payout of residual flows to the holders of theseinstruments.b. requires a repayment of a stated amount and interest over the period.c. allows the bondholders to sue the firm if it defaults.d. Both A and B.e. Both B and C.CARRYING VALUEa 41. The carrying value or book value of assets:a. is determined under GAAP and is based on the cost of the asset.b. represents the true market value according to GAAP.c. is always the best measure of the company's value to an investor.d. is always higher than the replacement cost of the assets.e. None of the above.GAAPd 42. Under GAAP, the value of all the firm's assets are reported at:a. market value.b. liquidation value.c. intrinsic value.d. cost.e. None of the above.INCOME STATEMENTe 43. Which of the following statements concerning the income statement istrue?a. It measures performance over a specific period of time.b. It determines after-tax income of the firm.c. It includes deferred taxes.d. It treats interest as an expense.e. All of the above.GAAP INCOME RECOGNITIONb 44. According generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), revenue isrecognized as income when:a. a contract is signed to perform a service or deliver a good.b. the transaction is complete and the goods or services are delivered.c. payment is requested.d. income taxes are paid.e. All of the above.OPERATING CASH FLOWb 45. Which of the following is not included in the computation ofoperating cash flow?a. Earnings before interest and taxesb. Interest paidc. Depreciationd. Current taxese. All of the above are included.NET CAPITAL SPENDINGb 46. Net capital spending is equal to:a. net additions to net working capital.b. the net change in fixed assets.c. net income plus depreciation.d. total cash flow to stockholders less interest and dividends paid.e. the change in total assets.CASH FLOW TO STOCKHOLDERSd 47. Cash flow to stockholders is defined as:a. interest payments.b. repurchases of equity less cash dividends paid plus new equity sold.c. cash flow from financing less cash flow to creditors.d. cash dividends plus repurchases of equity minus new equity financing.e. None of the above.FREE CASH FLOWd 48. Free cash flow is:a. without cost to the firm.b. net income plus taxes.c. an increase in net working capital.d. cash flow in excess of that required to fund profitable capitalprojects.e. None of the above.CASH FLOWd 49. The cash flow of the firm must be equal to:a. cash flow to equity minus cash flow to debtholders.b. cash flow to debtholders minus cash flow to equity.c. cash flow to governments plus cash flow to equity.d. cash flow to equity plus cash flow to debtholders.e. None of the above.STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWSa 50. Which of the following are all components of the statement of cashflows?a. Cash flow from operating activities, cash flow from investingactivities, and cash flow from financing activitiesb. Cash flow from operating activities, cash flow from investingactivities, and cashflow from divesting activitiesc. Cash flow from internal activities, cash flow from externalactivities, and cash flow from financing activitiesd. Cash flow from brokering activities, cash flow from profitableactivities, and cash flow from non-profitable activitiese. None of the above.III. P ROBLEMSCURRENT ASSETSb 51. A firm has $300 in inventory, $600 in fixed assets, $200 in accountsreceivables, $100 in accounts payable, and $50 in cash. What is theamount of the current assets?a. $500b. $550c. $600d. $1,150e. $1,200NET WORKING CAPITALb 52. The total assets are $900, the fixed assets are $600, long-term debtis $500, and short-term debt is $200. What is the amount of networking capital?a. $0b. $100c. $200d. $300e. $400LIQUIDITYd 53. Brad’s Company has equipment with a book value of $500 that could besold today at a 50 percent discount. Their inventory is valued at $400and could be sold to a competitor for that amount. The firm has $50 incash and customers owe them $300. What is the accounting value oftheir liquid assets?a. $50b. $350c. $700d. $750e. $1,000BOOK VALUEc 54. Martha’s Enterprises spent $2,400 to purchase equipment three yearsago. This equipment is currently valued at $1,800 on today’s balancesheet but could actually be sold for $2,000. Net working capital is$200 and long-term debt is $800. What is the book value ofshareholders’ equity?a.$200b.$800c.$1,200d.$1,400e. The answer cannot be determined from the information provided.NET INCOMEb 55. Art’s Boutique has sales of $640,000 and costs of $480,000. Interestexpense is $40,000 and depreciation is $60,000. The tax rate is 34%.What is the net income?a. $20,400b. $39,600c. $50,400d. $79,600e. $99,600MARGINAL TAX RATEc 56. Given the tax rates as shown, what is the average tax rate for a firmwith taxable income of $126,500?Taxable Income Tax Rate$ 0 - 50,000 15%50,001 - 75,000 25%75,001 - 100,000 34%100,001 - 335,000 39%a.21.38 percentb.23.88 percentc.25.76 percentd.34.64 percente. 39.00 percentTAXESd 57. The tax rates are as shown. Your firm currently has taxable income of$79,400. How much additional tax will you owe if you increase yourtaxable income by $21,000?Taxable Income Tax Rate$ 0 - 50,000 15%50,001 - 75,000 25%75,001 - 100,000 34%100,001 - 335,000 39%a.$7,004b.$7,014c.$7,140d.$7,160e.$7,174OPERATING CASH FLOWd 58. Your firm has net income of $198 on total sales of $1,200. Costs are$715 and depreciation is $145. The tax rate is 34 percent. The firmdoes not have interest expenses. What is the operating cash flow?a.$93b.$241c.$340d.$383e. $485NET CAPITAL SPENDINGc. 59. Teddy’s Pillows has beginning net fixed assets of $480 and ending netfixed assets of $530. Assets valued at $300 were sold during the year.Depreciation was $40. What is the amount of capital spending?a.$10b.$50c.$90d.$260e.$390CHANGE IN NET WORKING CAPITALb 60. At the beginning of the year, a firm has current assets of $380 andcurrent liabilities of $210. At the end of the year, the currentassets are $410 and the current liabilities are $250. What is thechange in net working capital?a.-$30b.-$10c.$0d.$10e. $30CASH FLOW TO CREDITORSe 61. At the beginning of the year, long-term debt of a firm is $280 andtotal debt is $340. At the end of the year, long-term debt is $260 andtotal debt is $350. The interest paid is $30. What is the amount ofthe cash flow to creditors?a.-$50b.-$20c.$20d.$30e. $50CASH FLOW TO CREDITORSa 62. Pete’s Boats has beginning long-term debt of $180 and ending long-termdebt of $210. The beginning and ending total debt balances are $340and $360, respectively. The interest paid is $20. What is the amountof the cash flow to creditors?a.-$10b.$0c.$10d.$40e. $50CASH FLOW TO STOCKHOLDERSa 63. Peggy Grey’s Cookies has net income of $360. The firm pays out 40percent of the net income to its shareholders as dividends. During theyear, the company sold $80 worth of common stock. What is the cashflow to stockholders?a.$64b.$136c.$144d.$224e. $296CASH FLOW TO STOCKHOLDERSa 64. Thompson’s Jet Skis has operating cash flow of $218. Depreciation is$45 and interest paid is $35. A net total of $69 was paid on long-termdebt. The firm spent $180 on fixed assets and increased net workingcapital by $38. What is the amount of the cash flow to stockholders?a.-$104b.-$28c.$28d.$114e. $142The following balance sheet and income statement should be used for questions#65 through #71:Nabors, Inc.2005 Income Statement($ in millions)Net sales $9,610Less: Cost of goods sold 6,310Less: Depreciation 1,370Earnings before interest and taxes 1,930Less: Interest paid 630Taxable Income $1,300Less: Taxes 455Net income $ 845Nabors, Inc.2004 and 2005 Balance Sheets($ in millions)2004 2005 20042005Cash $ 310 $ 405 Accounts payable $ 2,720$ 2,570Accounts rec. 2,640 3,055 Notes payable 100 0Inventory 3,275 3,850 Total $ 2,820$ 2,570Total $ 6,225 $ 7,310 Long-term debt 7,8758,100Net fixed assets 10,960 10,670 Common stock 5,0005,250Retained earnings 1,4902,060Total assets $17,185 $17,980 Total liab.& equity $17,185 $17,980CHANGE IN NET WORKING CAPITALc 65. What is the change in the net working capital from 2004 to 2005?a.$1,235b.$1,035c.$1,335d.$3,405e.$4,740NONCASH EXPENSESd 66. What is the amount of the non-cash expenses for 2005?a.$570b.$630c.$845d.$1,370e. $2,000NET CAPITAL SPENDINGc 67. What is the amount of the net capital spending for 2005?a.-$290b.$795c.$1,080d.$1,660e.$2,165OPERATING CASH FLOWd 68. What is the operating cash flow for 2005?a.$845b.$1,930c.$2,215d.$2,845e.$3,060CASH FLOW OF THE FIRMa 69. What is the cash flow of the firm for 2005?a.$430b.$485c.$1,340d.$2,590e.$3,100NET NEW BORROWINGe 70. What is the amount of net new borrowing for 2005?a.-$225b.-$25c.$0d.$25e.$225CASH FLOW TO CREDITORSd 71. What is the cash flow to creditors for 2005?a.-$405b.-$225c.$225d.$405e.$630The following information should be used for questions #72 through #79:Knickerdoodles, Inc.2004 2005Sales $ 740 $ 785COGS 430 460Interest 33 35Dividends 16 17Depreciation 250 210Cash 70 75Accounts receivables 563 502Current liabilities 390 405Inventory 662 640Long-term debt 340 410Net fixed assets 1,680 1,413Common stock 700 235Tax rate 35% 35%NET WORKING CAPITALd 72. What is the net working capital for 2005?a.$345b.$405c.$805d.$812e.$1,005CHANGE IN NET WORKING CAPITALa 73. What is the change in net working capital from 2004 to 2005?a.-$93b.-$7c.$7d.$85e.$97NET CAPITAL SPENDINGb 74. What is net capital spending for 2005?a.-$250b.-$57c.$0d.$57e.$477OPERATING CASH FLOWb 75. What is the operating cash flow for 2005?a.$143b.$297c.$325d.$353e.$367CASH FLOW OF THE FIRMd 76. What is the cash flow of the firm for 2005?a.$50b.$247c.$297d.$447e.$517NET NEW BORROWINGd 77. What is net new borrowing for 2005?a.-$70b.-$35c.$35d.$70e.$105CASH FLOW TO CREDITORSb 78. What is the cash flow to creditors for 2005?a.-$170b.-$35c.$135d.$170e.$205CASH FLOW TO STOCKHOLDERSd 79. What is the cash flow to stockholders for 2005?a.$408b.$417c.$452d.$482e.$503The following information should be used for questions #80 through #82:2005Cost of goods sold $3,210Interest $215Dividends $160Depreciation $375Change in retained earnings $360Tax rate 35%TAXABLE INCOMEe 80. What is the taxable income for 2005?a.$360b.$520c.$640d.$780e.$800OPERATING CASH FLOWd 81. What is the operating cash flow for 2005?a.$520b.$800c.$1,015d.$1,110e.$1,390SALESc 82. What are the sales for 2005?a.$4,225b.$4,385c.$4,600d.$4,815e. $5,000NET INCOMEb 83. Calculate net income based on the following information. Sales are$250; Cost of goods sold is $160; Depreciation expense is $35;Interest paid is $20; and the tax rate is 34%.a. $11.90b. $23.10c. $35.00d. $36.30e. $46.20IV. ESSAYSLIQUID ASSETS84. What is a liquid asset and why is it necessary for a firm to maintain areasonable level of liquid assets?Liquid assets are those that can be sold quickly with little or no loss in value. A firm that has sufficient liquidity will be less likely to experience financial distress.OPERATING CASH FLOW85. Why is interest expense excluded from the operating cash flow calculation?Operating cash flow is designed to represent the cash flow a firm generates from its day-to-day operating activities. Interest expense arises out of a financing choice and thus should be considered as a cash flow to creditors.CASH FLOW AND ACCOUNTING STATEMENTS86. E xplain why the income statement is not a good representation of cash flow.Most income statements contain some noncash items, so these must be accounted for when calculating cash flows. More importantly, however, since GAAP is used to create income statements, revenues and expenses are booked when they accrue, not when their corresponding cash flows occur.BOOK VALUE AND MARKET VALUE87. Discuss the difference between book values and market values on thebalance sheet and explain which is more important to the financial manager and why.The accounts on the balance sheet are generally carried at historical cost, not market values. Although the book value of current assets and current liabilities may closely approximate market values, the same cannot be said for the rest of the balance sheet accounts. Ultimately, the financial manager should focus on the firm’s stock price, which is a market value measure. Hence, market values are more meaningful than book values. ADDITION TO RETAINED EARNINGS88. Note that in all of our cash flow computations to determine cash flow ofthe firm, we never include the addition to retained earnings. Why not? Is this an oversight?The addition to retained earnings is not a cash flow. It is simply an accounting entry that reconciles the balance sheet. Any additions to retained earnings will show up as cash flow changes in other balance sheet accounts.DEPRECIATION AND CASH FLOW89. Note that we added depreciation back to operating cash flow and toadditions to fixed assets. Why add it back twice? Isn’t this double-counting?In both cases, depreciation is added back because it was previously subtracted when obtaining ending balances of net income and fixed assets.Also, since depreciation is a noncash expense, we need to add it back in both instances, so there is no double counting.TAX LIABILITIES AND CASH FLOW90. Sometimes when businesses are critically delinquent on their taxliabilities, the tax authority comes in and literally seizes the business by chasing all of the employees out of the building and changing the locks.What does this tell you about the importance of taxes relative to our discussion of cash flow? Why might a business owner want to avoid such an occurrence?Taxes must be paid in cash, and in this case, they are one of the most important components of cash flow. The reputation of a business can undergo irreparable harm if word gets out that the tax authorities have confiscated the business, even if only for a couple of hours until the business owner can come up with the money to clear up the tax problem. The bottom line is if the owner can’t come up with the cash, the tax authority has effectively put them out of business.CASH FLOW OF THE FIRM94. Interpret, in words, what cash flow of the firm represents by discussingoperating cash flow, changes in net working capital, and additions to fixed assets.Operating cash flow is the cash flow a firm generates from its day-to-day operations. In other words, it is the cash inflow generated as a result of putting the firm’s assets to work. Changes in net working capital and fixed assets represent investments a firm makes in these assets. That is,a firm typically takes some of the cash flow it generates from usingassets and reinvests it in new assets. Cash flow of the firm, then, is the cash flow a firm generates by employing its assets, net of any acquisitions.。
公司理财(英文版)试题库7
CHAPTER 7Net Present Value and Other Investment Rules Multiple Choice Questions:I. DEFINITIONSNET PRESENT VALUEa 1. The difference between the present value of an investment and its cost is the:a. net present value.b. internal rate of return.c. payback period.d. profitability index.e. discounted payback period.Difficulty level: EasyNET PRESENT VALUE RULEc 2. Which one of the following statements concerning net present value (NPV) is correct?a. An investment should be accepted if, and only if, the NPV is exactlyequal to zero.b. An investment should be accepted only if the NPV is equal to the initialcash flow.c. An investment should be accepted if the NPV is positive and rejected ifit is negative.d. An investment with greater cash inflows than cash outflows, regardlessof when the cash flows occur, will always have a positive NPV andtherefore should always be accepted.e. Any project that has positive cash flows for every time period after theinitial investment should be accepted.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKc 3. The length of time required for an investment to generate cash flowssufficient to recover the initial cost of the investment is called the:a. net present value.b. internal rate of return.c. payback period.d. profitability index.e. discounted cash period.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACK RULEa 4. Which one of the following statements is correct concerning thepayback period?a. An investment is acceptable if its calculated payback period is less thansome pre-specified period of time.b. An investment should be accepted if the payback is positive andrejected if it is negative.c. An investment should be rejected if the payback is positive andaccepted if it is negative.d. An investment is acceptable if its calculated payback period is greaterthan some pre-specified period of time.e. An investment should be accepted any time the payback period is lessthan the discounted payback period, given a positive discount rate.Difficulty level: EasyDISCOUNTED PAYBACKe 5. The length of time required for a project’s discounted cash flows toequal the initial cost of the project is called the:a. net present value.b. internal rate of return.c. payback period.d. discounted profitability index.e. discounted payback period.Difficulty level: EasyDISCOUNTED PAYBACK RULEd 6. The discounted payback rule states that you should accept projects:a. which have a discounted payback period that is greater than some pre-specified period of time.b. if the discounted payback is positive and rejected if it is negative.c. only if the discounted payback period equals some pre-specified periodof time.d. if the discounted payback period is less than some pre-specified periodof time.e. only if the discounted payback period is equal to zero.Difficulty level: EasyAVERAGE ACCOUNTING RETURNc 7. An investment’s average net income divided by its average book valuedefines the average:a. net present value.b. internal rate of return.c. accounting return.d. profitability index.e. payback period.Difficulty level: EasyAVERAGE ACCOUNTING RETURN RULEb 8. An investment is acceptable if its average accounting return (AAR):a. is less than a target AAR.b. exceeds a target AAR.c. exceeds the firm’s return on equity (ROE).d. is less than the firm’s return on assets (ROA).e. is equal to zero and only when it is equal to zero.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNb. 9. The discount rate that makes the net present value of an investmentexactly equal tozero is called the:a. external rate of return.b. internal rate of return.c. average accounting return.d. profitability index.e. equalizer.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURN RULEd 10. An investment is acceptable if its IRR:a. is exactly equal to its net present value (NPV).b. is exactly equal to zero.c. is less than the required return.d. exceeds the required return.e. is exactly equal to 100 percent.Difficulty level: EasyMULTIPLE RATES OF RETURNe 11. The possibility that more than one discount rate will make the NPV ofan investment equal to zero is called the _____ problem.a. net present value profilingb. operational ambiguityc. mutually exclusive investment decisiond. issues of scalee. multiple rates of returnDifficulty level: MediumMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSc 12. A situation in which accepting one investment prevents the acceptanceof another investment is called the:a. net present value profile.b. operational ambiguity decision.c. mutually exclusive investment decision.d. issues of scale problem.e. multiple choices of operations decision.Difficulty level: EasyPROFITABILITY INDEXd. 13. The present value of an investment’s future cash flows divided by theinitial cost of the investment is called the:a. net present value.b. internal rate of return.c. average accounting return.d. profitability index.e. profile period.Difficulty level: EasyPROFITABILITY INDEX RULEa 14. An investment is acceptable if the profitability index (PI) of theinvestment is:a. greater than one.b. less than one.c. greater than the internal rate of return (IRR).d. less than the net present value (NPV).e. greater than a pre-specified rate of return.Difficulty level: EasyII. CONCEPTSNET PRESENT VALUEd 15. All else constant, the net present value of a project increases when:a. the discount rate increases.b. each cash inflow is delayed by one year.c. the initial cost of a project increases.d. the rate of return decreases.e. all cash inflows occur during the last year of a project’s life instead ofperiodically throughout the life of the project.Difficulty level: EasyNET PRESENT VALUEa 16. The primary reason that company projects with positive net present values areconsidered acceptable is that:a. they create value for the owners of the firm.b. the project’s rate of return exceeds the rate of inflation.c. they return the initial cash outlay within three years or less.d. the required cash inflows exceed the actual cash inflows.e. the investment’s cost exceeds the present value of the cash inflows.Difficulty level: EasyNET PRESENT VALUEd 17. If a project has a net present value equal to zero, then:I. the present value of the cash inflows exceeds the initial cost of the project.II. the project produces a rate of return that just equals the rate required to accept theproject.III. the project is expected to produce only the minimally required cash inflows.IV. any delay in receiving the projected cash inflows will cause the project to have a negative net present value.a. II and III onlyb. II and IV onlyc. I, II, and IV onlyd. II, III, and IV onlye. I, II, and III onlyDifficulty level: MediumNET PRESENT VALUEb 18. Net present value:a. cannot be used when deciding between two mutually exclusive projects.b. is more useful to decision makers than the internal rate of return when comparingdifferent sized projects.c. is easy to explain to non-financial managers and thus is the primary method of analysisused by the lowest levels of management.d. is not an as widely used tool as payback and discounted paybacke. is very similar in its methodology to the average accounting return.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKc 19. Payback is frequently used to analyze independent projects because:a. it considers the time value of money.b. all relevant cash flows are included in the analysis.c. it is easy and quick to calculate.d. it is the most desirable of all the available analytical methods from a financialperspective.e. it produces better decisions than those made using either NPV or IRR.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKc 20. The advantages of the payback method of project analysis include the:I. application of a discount rate to each separate cash flow.II. bias towards liquidity.III. ease of use.IV. arbitrary cutoff point.a. I and II onlyb. I and III onlyc. II and III onlyd. II and IV onlye. II, III, and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumPAYBACKd 21. All else equal, the payback period for a project will decrease whenever the:a. initial cost increases.b. required return for a project increases.c. assigned discount rate decreases.d. cash inflows are moved forward in time.e. duration of a project is lengthened.Difficulty level: MediumDISCOUNTED PAYBACKd 22. The discounted payback period of a project will decrease whenever the:a. discount rate applied to the project is increased.b. initial cash outlay of the project is increased.c. time period of the project is increased.d. amount of each project cash flow is increased.e. costs of the fixed assets utilized in the project increase.Difficulty level: MediumDISCOUNTED PAYBACKa 23. The discounted payback rule may cause:a. some positive net present value projects to be rejected.b. the most liquid projects to be rejected in favor of less liquid projects.c. projects to be incorrectly accepted due to ignoring the time value of money.d. projects with negative net present values to be accepted.e. some projects to be accepted which would otherwise be rejected under the paybackrule.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNb 24. The internal rate of return (IRR):I. rule states that a project with an IRR that is less than the required rate should beaccepted.II. is the rate generated solely by the cash flows of an investment.III. is the rate that causes the net present value of a project to exactly equal zero.IV. can effectively be used to analyze all investment scenarios.a. I and IV onlyb. II and III onlyc. I, II, and III onlyd. II, III, and IV onlye. I, II, III, and IVDifficulty level: MediumINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNa 25. The internal rate of return for a project will increase if:a. the initial cost of the project can be reduced.b. the total amount of the cash inflows is reduced.c. each cash inflow is moved such that it occurs one year later than originally projected.d. the required rate of return is reduced.e. the salvage value of the project is omitted from the analysis.Difficulty level: MediumINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNc 26. The internal rate of return is:a. more reliable as a decision making tool than net present value whenever you areconsidering mutually exclusive projects.b. equivalent to the discount rate that makes the net present value equal to one.c. difficult to compute without the use of either a financial calculator or a computer.d. dependent upon the interest rates offered in the marketplace.e. a better methodology than net present value when dealing with unconventional cashflows.Difficulty level: MediumINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNa 27. The internal rate of return tends to be:a. easier for managers to comprehend than the net present value.b. extremely accurate even when cash flow estimates are faulty.c. ignored by most financial analysts.d. used primarily to differentiate between mutually exclusive projects.e. utilized in project analysis only when multiple net present values apply.Difficulty level: EasyINCREMENTAL INTERNAL RATE OF RETURNe 28. You are trying to determine whether to accept project A or project B. These projectsare mutually exclusive. As part of your analysis, you should computethe incremented IRR by determining:a. the internal rate of return for the cash flows of each project.b. the net present value of each project using the internal rate of return as the discountrate.c. the discount rate that equates the discounted payback periods for each project.d. the discount rate that makes the net present value of each project equal to 1.e. the internal rate of return for the differences in the cash flows of the two projects.Difficulty level: MediumINCREMENTAL INTERNAL RATE OF RETURNb 29. Graphing the incremental IRR helps explain:a. why one project is always superior to another project.b. how decisions concerning mutually exclusive projects are derived.c. how the duration of a project affects the decision as to which project to accept.d. how the net present value and the initial cash outflow of a project are related.e. how the profitability index and the net present value are related.Difficulty level: MediumPROFITABILITY INDEXd 30. The profitability index is closely related to:a. payback.b. discounted payback.c. the average accounting return.d. net present value.e. mutually exclusive projects.Difficulty level: EasyPROFITABILITY INDEXb 31. Analysis using the profitability index:a. frequently conflicts with the accept and reject decisions generated bythe application ofthe net present value rule.b. is useful as a decision tool when investment funds are limited.c. is useful when trying to determine which one of two mutually exclusive projectsshould be accepted.d. utilizes the same basic variables as those used in the average accounting return.e. produces results which typically are difficult to comprehend or apply.Difficulty level: MediumPROFITABILITY INDEXe 32. If you want to review a project from a benefit-cost perspective, you should use the_____ method of analysis.a. net present valueb. paybackc. internal rate of returnd. average accounting returne. profitability indexDifficulty level: EasyPROFITABILITY INDEXb 33. When the present value of the cash inflows exceeds the initial cost of a project, thenthe project should be:a. accepted because the internal rate of return is positive.b. accepted because the profitability index is greater than 1.c. accepted because the profitability index is negative.d. rejected because the internal rate of return is negative.e. rejected because the net present value is negative.Difficulty level: EasyMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSc 34. Which one of the following is the best example of two mutually exclusive projects?a. planning to build a warehouse and a retail outlet side by sideb. buying sufficient equipment to manufacture both desks and chairs simultaneouslyc. using an empty warehouse for storage or renting it entirely out to another firmd. using the company sales force to promote sales of both shoes and sockse. buying both inventory and fixed assets using funds from the same bond issueDifficulty level: MediumMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSd 35. The Liberty Co. is considering two projects. Project A consists of building a wholesalebook outlet on lot #169 of the Englewood Retail Center. Project B consists of buildinga sit-down restaurant on lot #169 of the Englewood Retail Center. When trying todecide whether or build the book outlet or the restaurant, management should relymost heavily on the analysis results from the _____ method of analysis.a. profitability indexb. internal rate of returnc. paybackd. net present valuee. accounting rate of returnDifficulty level: MediumMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSc 36. When two projects both require the total use of the same limited economic resource,the projects are generally considered to be:a. independent.b. marginally profitable.c. mutually exclusive.d. acceptable.e. internally profitable.Difficulty level: EasyMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSc 37. Matt is analyzing two mutually exclusive projects of similar size and has prepared thefollowing data. Both projects have 5 year lives.Project A Project B Net present value $15,090$14,693Payback period 2.76 years 2.51 yearsAverage accounting return 9.3 percent 9.6 percent Required return 8.3 percent8.0 percentRequired AAR 9.0 percent 9.0 percentMatt has been asked for his best recommendation given thisinformation. His recommendation should be to accept:a. project B because it has the shortest payback period.b. both projects as they both have positive net present values.c. project A and reject project B based on their net present values.d. project B and reject project A based on their average accounting returns.e. project B and reject project A based on both the payback period andthe averageaccounting return.Difficulty level: MediumINVESTMENT ANALYSISa 38. Given that the net present value (NPV) is generally considered to be the best methodof analysis, why should you still use the other methods?a. The other methods help validate whether or not the results from the net present value analysis are reliable.b. You need to use the other methods since conventional practice dictates that you onlyaccept projects after you have generated three accept indicators.c. You need to use other methods because the net present value method is unreliable when a project has unconventional cash flows.d. The average accounting return must always indicate acceptance since this is the bestmethod from a financial perspective.e. The discounted payback method must always be computed to determine if a projectreturns a positive cash flow since NPV does not measure this aspect of a project.Difficulty level: MediumINVESTMENT ANALYSISe 39. In actual practice, managers frequently use the:I. AAR because the information is so readily available.II. IRR because the results are easy to communicate and understand.III. payback because of its simplicity.IV. net present value because it is considered by many to be the best method of analysis.a. I and III onlyb. II and III onlyc. I, III, and IV onlyd. II, III, and IV onlye. I, II, III, and IVDifficulty level: MediumINVESTMENT ANALYSISa 40. No matter how many forms of investment analysis you do:a. the actual results from a project may vary significantly from the expected results.b. the internal rate of return will always produce the most reliable results.c. a project will never be accepted unless the payback period is met.d. the initial costs will generally vary considerably from the estimated costs.e. only the first three years of a project ever affect its final outcome.Difficulty level: EasyINVESTMENT ANALYSISb 41. Which of the following methods of project analysis are biased towards short-termprojects?I. internal rate of returnII. accounting rate of returnIII. paybackIV. discounted paybacka. I and II onlyb. III and IV onlyc. II and III onlyd. I and IV onlye. II and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumINVESTMENT ANALYSISa 42. If a project is assigned a required rate of return equal to zero, then:a. the timing of the project’s cash flows has no bearing on the value of the project.b. the project will always be accepted.c. the project will always be rejected.d. whether the project is accepted or rejected will depend on the timing of the cash flows.e. the project can never add value for the shareholders.Difficulty level: MediumDECISION RULESe 43. You are considering a project with the following data:Internal rate of return 8.7 percentProfitability ratio .98Net present value -$393Payback period 2.44 yearsRequired return 9.5 percentWhich one of the following is correct given this information?a. The discount rate used in computing the net present value must have been less than 8.7percent.b. The discounted payback period will have to be less than 2.44 years.c. The discount rate used to compute the profitability ratio was equal to the internal rate of return.d. This project should be accepted based on the profitability ratio.e. This project should be rejected based on the internal rate of return.Difficulty level: MediumNET PRESENT VALUEc 44. A ccepting positive NPV projects benefits the stockholders because:a. it is the most easily understood valuation process.b. the present value of the expected cash flows are equal to the cost.c. the present value of the expected cash flows are greater than the cost.d. it is the most easily calculated.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyNET PRESENT VALUEa 45. W hich of the following does not characterize NPV?a. NPV does not incorporate risk into the analysis.b. NPV incorporates all relevant information.c. NPV uses all of the project's cash flows.d. NPV discounts all future cash flows.e. Using NPV will lead to decisions that maximize shareholder wealth.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKe 46. T he payback period rule:a. discounts cash flows.b. ignores initial cost.c. always uses all possible cash flows in its calculation.d. Both A and C.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKc 47. T he payback period rule accepts all investment projects in which thepayback period for the cash flows is:a. equal to the cutoff point.b. greater than the cutoff point.c. less than the cutoff point.d. positive.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKd 48. T he payback period rule is a convenient and useful tool because:a. it provides a quick estimate of how rapidly the initial investment will berecouped.b. results of a short payback rule decision will be quickly seen.c. it does not take into account time value of money.d. All of the above.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyDISCOUNTED PAYBACKa 49. T he discounted payback period rule:a. considers the time value of money.b. discounts the cutoff point.c. ignores uncertain cash flows.d. is preferred to the NPV rule.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKc 50. T he payback period rule:a. determines a cutoff point so that all projects accepted by the NPV rulewill be accepted by the payback period rule.b. determines a cutoff point so that depreciation is just equal to positivecash flows in the payback year.c. requires an arbitrary choice of a cutoff point.d. varies the cutoff point with the interest rate.e. Both A and D.Difficulty level: EasyAVERAGE ACCOUNTING RETURNc 51. T he average accounting return is determined by:a. dividing the yearly cash flows by the investment.b. dividing the average cash flows by the investment.c. dividing the average net income by the average investment.d. dividing the average net income by the initial investment.e. dividing the net income by the cash flow.Difficulty level: EasyAVERAGE ACCOUNTING RETURNb 52. T he investment decision rule that relates average net income to averageinvestment is the:a. discounted cash flow method.b. average accounting return method.c. average payback method.d. average profitability index.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyMODIFIED INTERNAL RATE OF RETURNd 53. M odified internal rate of return:a. handles the multiple IRR problem by combining cash flows until onlyone change in sign change remains.b. requires the use of a discount rate.c. does not require the use of a discount rate.d. Both A and B.e. Both A and C.Difficulty level: MediumAVERAGE ACCOUNTING RETURNd 54. T he shortcoming(s) of the average accounting return (AAR) method is(are):a. the use of net income instead of cash flows.b. the pattern of income flows has no impact on the AAR.c. there is no clear-cut decision rule.d. All of the above.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: MediumINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNe 55. T he two fatal flaws of the internal rate of return rule are:a. arbitrary determination of a discount rate and failure to consider initialexpenditures.b. arbitrary determination of a discount rate and failure to correctlyanalyze mutually exclusive investment projects.c. arbitrary determination of a discount rate and the multiple rate ofreturn problem.d. failure to consider initial expenditures and failure to correctly analyzemutually exclusive investment projects.e. failure to correctly analyze mutually exclusive investment projects andthe multiple rate of return problem.Difficulty level: MediumMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSd 56. A mutually exclusive project is a project whose:a. acceptance or rejection has no effect on other projects.b. NPV is always negative.c. IRR is always negative.d. acceptance or rejection affects other projects.e. cash flow pattern exhibits more than one sign change.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNd 57. A project will have more than one IRR if:a. the IRR is positive.b. the IRR is negative.c. the NPV is zero.d. the cash flow pattern exhibits more than one sign change.e. the cash flow pattern exhibits exactly one sign change.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURN RULESb 58. U sing internal rate of return, a conventional project should be acceptedif the internal rate of return is:a. equal to the discount rate.b. greater than the discount rate.c. less than the discount rate.d. negative.e. positive.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNa 59. The internal rate of return may be defined as:a. the discount rate that makes the NPV cash flows equal to zero.b. the difference between the market rate of interest and the NPV.c. the market rate of interest less the risk-free rate.d. the project acceptance rate set by management.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: MediumMULTIPLE INTERNAL RATE OF RETURNSd 60. The problem of multiple IRRs can occur when:a. there is only one sign change in the cash flows.b. the first cash flow is always positive.c. the cash flows decline over the life of the project.d. there is more than one sign change in the cash flows.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyTIMING AND SCALE ISSUES WITH INTERNAL RATE OF RETURNb 61. T he elements that cause problems with the use of the IRR in projectsthat are mutually exclusive are:a. the discount rate and scale problems.b. timing and scale problems.c. the discount rate and timing problems.d. scale and reversing flow problems.e. timing and reversing flow problems.Difficulty level: MediumNET PRESENT VALUE DECISIONc 62. If there is a conflict between mutually exclusive projects due to the IRR,one should:a. drop the two projects immediately.b. spend more money on gathering information.c. depend on the NPV as it will always provide the most value.d. depend on the AAR because it does not suffer from these sameproblems.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: MediumPROFITABILITY INDEXe 63. The profitability index is the ratio of:a. average net income to average investment.b. internal rate of return to current market interest rate.c. net present value of cash flows to internal rate of return.d. net present value of cash flows to average accounting return.e. present value of cash flows to initial investment cost.Difficulty level: EasyINVESTMENT DECISION RULESa 64. Which of the following statement is true?a. One must know the discount rate to compute the NPV of a project butone can compute the IRR without referring to the discount rate.b. One must know the discount rate to compute the IRR of a project butone can compute the NPV without referring to the discount rate.c. Payback accounts for time value of money.d. There will always be one IRR regardless of cash flows.e. Average accounting return is the ratio of total assets to total net income.Difficulty level: MediumCAPITAL BUDGETING PRACTICEb 65. Graham and Harvey (2001) found that ___ and ___ were the two mostpopular capital budgeting methods.a. Internal Rate of Return; Payback Periodb. Internal Rate of Return; Net Present Valuec. Net Present Value; Payback Periodd. Modified Internal Rate of Return; Internal Rate of Returne. Modified Internal Rate of Return; Net Present Value。
公司理财期末试题及答案(英文版)
EXAM PAPER 1I. True(T) or False(F). Please fill in the bracket with T or F. (15%)1. In financial management, the more appropriate goal of the firm is maximization of shareholderwealth. ( )2. The component cost of preferred stock must be adjusted for taxes which the stockholdersmust pay on the dividends. ( )3. If an investment project has a profitability index of 1.15, the project’s internal rate of returnexceeds its net present value. ( )4. With an annuity due the payments occur at the end of each period. ( )5. If the firm decides to impose a capital constraint on investment projects, the appropriatedecision criterion is to select the set of projects with the highest NPV subject to the capital constraint. ( )6. Business risk refers to the relative dispersion in the firm’s EBIT. ( )7. Net working capital equals current assets less current liabilities. ( )8. Under MM’s model with corporate taxes, the benefits of debt financing stem solely from the taxdeductibility of interest payments. ( )9. Investors can only expect to receive a return for incurring unsystematic risk. ( )10. The Security Market Line is a risk-return trade-off for combinations of the market portfolio andthe riskless asset. ( )II. Multiple Choice (15%)1. Dorset Ltd wishes to calculate its weighted average cost of capital for use in investmentappraisal. The company is financed by 150 million $1 ordinary shares, which have a current market value of $2, and $100 million 12 per cent irredeemable debentures, which are currently quoted at $150 per $100 nominal value. The cost of ordinary share capital is 11 per cent and the rate of corporation tax is 25 per cent.What is the weighted average cost of capital for Dorset Ltd? (To one decimal place)A. 9·0 per centB. 9·3 per centC. 10·4 per centD. 11·4 per cent2. Cheshire Ltd has developed a revolutionary form of tyre gauge at a cost of $300,000 to date.To produce the tyre gauge, a new machine will be acquired immediately at a cost of $750,000.The machine will be sold at the end of the five years for $350,000 and will be depreciated over its life using the straight-line method.The tyre gauge has an expected life of five years and estimated future profits from the product are: Years1 2 3 4 5$000 $000 $000 $000 $000Estimated profit 80 160 240 140 130What is the payback period for the new tyre gauge? (To the nearest month)A. 3 years 2 monthsB. 4 years 2 monthsC. 4 years 3 monthsD. 4 years 11 months3. Cumbria Ltd has $1 ordinary shares in issue that have a current market value of $3. Thedividend expected for next year is $0·40 and future dividends are expected to grow at the rate of 5 per cent per annum. The rate of corporation tax is 20 per cent and the dividend Growth model is used to calculate the cost of ordinary shares.What is the cost of ordinary shares to the business?A. 6·1%B. 15·7%C. 18·3%D. 19·0%4. Calcite Ltd used the NPV and IRR methods of investment appraisal to evaluate a project thathas an initial cash outlay followed by annual net cash inflows over its life. After the evaluationhad been undertaken, it was discovered that the cost of capital had been incorrectly calculated and that the correct cost of capital figure was in fact higher than that used.What will be the effect on the NPV and IRR figures of correcting for this error?Effect onNPV IRRA. Decrease DecreaseB. Decrease No changeC. Increase IncreaseD. Increase No Change5. A business evaluates an investment project that has an initial outlay followed by annual netcash inflows of $10 million throughout its infinite life. The evaluation of the inflows produced a present value of $50 million and a profitability (present value) index of 2·0.What is the internal rate of return and initial outlay of this project?IRR Initial outlay% $mA. 20 25B. 20 100C. 40 25D. 10 1006. Quartz Ltd pays an annual dividend of 30 cent per share to shareholders, which is expected tocontinue in perpetuity. The average rate of return for the market is 9% and the company has a beta coefficient of 1·5. The risk-free rate of return is 4%.What is the expected rate of return for the shareholders of the company and the predicted value of the shares in the company?Expected rate Predictedof return value(%) (cent)A. 23·5 705B. 17·5 171C. 16·5 182D. 11·5 2617. Tourmaline Ltd pays its major credit supplier 40 days after receiving the goods and receives nosettlement discount. The supplier has recently offered the company revised credit terms of 3/10, net 40.If Tourmaline Ltd refuses the settlement discount and pays in full after 40 days, what is the approximate, implied, interest cost that is incurred by the company per year?A. 10·3%B. 27·4%C. 28·2%D. 37·6%8. Carrickfergus Ltd wishes to forecast its financial performance and position for the forthcomingyear. The forecast model used by the company incorporates the following relationships: Sales: total assets employed 2·5:1Current assets: current liabilities 1·8:1Quick assets: current liabilities 1·2:1Fixed assets: current assets 1·0:1If sales for the forthcoming year are expected to be $800,000, what is the forecast closing stock figure?A. $53,333B. $71,111C. $85,926D. $96,000.9. The Modigliani and Miller (no taxes) proposition concerning capital gearing states that, as thelevel of capital gearing increases from zero,A. the cost of equity capital will remain unchangedB. the weighted average cost of capital will decreaseC. the value of the business will remain unchangedD. the cost of loan capital will increase.10. A study of the shares of companies listed on a particular stock market found that:(i) share prices were independent of past share price movements and followed a random path. (ii) some investors used the published accounts of the companies to analyse performance and, by doing so, made abnormal gains over many years.Which of the following would be consistent with these findings?A. The stock market is inefficientB. The stock market is efficient in the weak formC. The stock market is efficient in the semi-strong formD. The stock market is efficient in the strong form11. The economic order quantity (EOQ) for stocks can be calculated by using an equation of theform:)/2(ZXY EOQ=What is Z in the above equation?A. Cost of placing an orderB. Annual demand for the item of stockC. Cost of holding one unit of stock for one yearD. The lead time between placing an order and receiving the goods12. Which of the following is associated with the problem of “overtrading”?A. Higher-than-normal earnings per shareB. Higher-than-normal sales to capital employed ratioC. Lower-than-normal gearing ratioD. Lower-than-normal stock turnover ratio13. Investors have an expected rate of return of 8% from ordinary shares in Algol Ltd, which have abeta of 1·2. The expected returns to the market are 7%.What will be the expected rate of return from ordinary shares in Rigel Ltd, which have a beta of 1.8?A. 9·0%B. 10·5%C. 11·0%D. 12·6%.14. Chrysotile Ltd has ordinary shares with a par value of $0·50 in issue. The company generatedearnings per share of 45c for the financial year that has just ended. The dividend cover ratio is 2·5 times and the gross dividend yield is 2% (Ignore taxation).What is the price/earnings ratio of the company?A. 2·8 timesB. 5·0 timesC. 20·0 timesD. 40·0 times15. Ethical behavior is important because it:A. builds customer loyaltyB. builds a good reputationC. avoids fines and legal expensesD. all of the aboveIII. Solving the following problems. (60 marks)1. Brambling (Electronics) Ltd is a research-led business that specialises in the development of surveillance equipment. The company has recently developed a new form of camera with a powerful fibre-optic lens and is currently considering whether or not to produce the camera. The Board of Directors will soon meet to make a final decision and has the following information available to help it decide:(i) The cost of developing the camera has been $1,400,000 to date and the company iscommitted to spending a further $350,000 within the next two months.(ii) The company has spare production capacity and can produce the camera using machinery that will cost $4,700,000 and which will be purchased immediately. It isexpected to be sold at the end of four years for $800,000.(iii) Total fixed costs identified with the production of the camera are $1,725,000 per year.This includes a depreciation charge in respect of the machinery of $975,000 per yearand a charge allocated to represent a fair share of the fixed costs of the business as awhole of $250,000 per year.(iv) The cameras are expected to sell for $10,000 each and the marketing department believes that the business can sell 800 cameras per year over the next four years.(v) The variable costs of production are $7,000 per camera.(vi) If the business decides not to produce the camera it can sell the patents immediately for $1,300,000.The company has a cost of capital of 12%.Ignore taxation.Required:(a) Calculate the net present value of producing and selling the new camera versus thealternative of selling the patent. (6 marks)(b) Carry out a separate sensitivity analysis to show by how much the following factorswould have to change before the proposal to produce and sell the new camera has an NPV of zero:(i) the initial outlay on the machinery;(ii) the discount rate;(iii) the residual value of the machinery;(iv) the annual net operating cash flows. (11 marks)(c) Briefly evaluate your findings in (a) and (b) above. (3 marks)(20 marks)2.Grebe Ltd operates a chain of cellular telephone stores in the UK. An abbreviated profit and loss account and balance sheet of the business for the year that has just ended is as follows: Abbreviated profit and loss account for the year ended 31 May 2003$000SalesOperating profit for the year Debenture interest payable 6,450 800 160Net profit before taxation Corporation tax (20%)Net profit after taxation Dividends proposed Retained profit for the year 640 128 512 256 256Abbreviated balance sheet as at 31 May 2003$000$000 Fixed assets at written down valuesCurrent assetsLess Creditors: amounts falling due within one yearLess Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one yearCapital and reserves$0·50 Ordinary sharesRetained profit 1,8001,1003,5007004,2002,0002,2006001,6002,200The company is expecting a surge in sales following advances in cellular telephone technology that should translate into additional operating profits of $180,000 per year for the foreseeable future. However, the company will need to invest $1,200,000 immediately in expanding the asset base of the business if it is to achieve these additional profits.The business has approached a large supplier that already has an equity investment in the business to see whether it would be prepared to provide further funds for the business. The supplier has indicated it would be willing to provide the necessary funds by either:(i) an issue of $0·50 ordinary shares at a premium of $1·50 per share, or(ii) an issue of $1,200,000 10% debentures at par.The Board of Directors of Grebe Ltd has already announced that it will maintain the same dividend payout ratio in future years as in the past and that this policy will be unaffected by the form of finance raised.Required:(a) For each of the financing options, calculate the forecast earnings per share for theforthcoming year;(10 marks)(b) Calculate the level of operating profit at which the earnings per share will be the sameunder each financing option. (10 marks)(20 marks)3. Bartok Ltd produces a single product. Financial data concerning the product is as follows:$ $Selling price per unit 20Variable cost per unit 17Fixed costs per unit 2 19Net profit 1At present, total credit sales for the product are $1·2m and the average collection period is one month. In order to stimulate sales for the product, the company is considering liberalising its credit policy so as to allow an average collection period of 1 1/2 months. This change of policy will allow the company to break into the US market where, currently, it has no presence. As a result of this breakthrough, sales will increase by 25%. However, there would be an additional investment required in stocks of $150,000 and an increase in trade creditors of $50,000.The company requires a 25% rate of return on its investments.Ignore taxation.Required:(a) Evaluate the proposal to increase the average collection period for debtorsassuming:(i) all customers take advantage of the longer credit period (8 marks)(ii) only new customers take advantage of the longer credit period. (8 marks)(b) Identify and discuss the main factors which influence the credit terms granted tocustomers by a company. (4 marks)(20 marks)ANSWERS FOR EXAM PAPER 1I. (10%, 1 mark each)1. T2. F3. F4. F5. T6. T7. T8. T9. F 10. FII. (30%, two marks each)1. B2. A3. C4. B5. C6. D7. D8. A9. C 10. B 11. C 12. B 13. C 14. C 15. DIII. (60%, 20marks each)1. (a) Annual operating cash flows can be calculated as follows:$m $m Sales (800 x $10,000) LessVariable costs (800 x $7,000) Fixed costs5·6 0·58·0 6·1 1·9(2 marks)Cash flows relating to the project are as follows:Year0 $m1 $m 2$m 3 $m 4 $m Machinery Opportunity cost Annual cash flows(4·7) (1·3) (6·0)1·9 1·91·9 1·91·9 1·90.8 1·9 2·7(2 marks)The net present value of the project is:$m $m $m $m $mCash flows Discount rate (12%) Present valueNPV (6·0)1·0(6·0)0·291·90·891·691·90·801·521·90·711·352·70·641·73(2maks)(b) (i) The increase required in the initial outlay on machinery before the project becomes nolonger profitable will be $0·29m. The machinery is already expressed in present value terms and so this figure is the same as the net present value of the project. This figure is 6·2% higher than the initial cost figure stated. (2 marks)(ii) If the discount rate is increased to 14%, the NPV of the project is:$m $m $m $m $mCash flows Discount rate (14%) Present valueNPV (6·0)1·0(6·0)0·011·90·881·671·90·771·461·90·681·292·70·591·59Thus, the project will become unprofitable at approximately 14% cost of capital.This represents a 16·7% increase in the cost of capital. (3 marks)(iii) The decrease in the residual value of the equipment (R) that will make the project no longer profitable is calculated as follows:(R x discount factor at the end of four years) – NPV of the project = 0This can be rearranged as follows:(R x discount factor at the end of four years) = NPV of the projectR x 0.64 = $0·29 mR = $0·29m/0·64= $0·45mThis represents a 43·8% decrease in the estimated residual value. (3marks)(iv) The decrease in annual net operating cash flows (C) to make the project no longer profitable is calculated as follows:(C x annuity factor for a four-year period) – NPV = 0This can be rearranged as follows:(C x annuity factor for a four-year period) = NPV C x 3·04 = $0·29m C = $0·29m/3·04 C = $0·095mThis represents a decrease of 5·0% on the estimated annual net operating cash flows. (3marks)(c) The net present value calculations in (a) above indicate that the project will increaseshareholder wealth if it is accepted. The sensitivity calculations in (b) above show by how much each of the key variables will have to change before the project becomes no longer profitable. It can be seen that the most sensitive factor is the annual net operating cash flows followed by the initial cost of the machinery, the discount rate and finally the residual value of the machinery. The annual net operating cash flows will require only a five per cent decrease before the project ceases to be profitable. (3marks)2 (a) Forecast profit and loss account for the year ended 31 May 2004Shares $000Debentures$000 Profit before interest and taxation Debenture interest payable Profit before taxation Corporation tax (20%) Profit after taxation DividendRetained profit for the year Forecast earnings per share980 160 820 164 656 328 328$656,000/1,800,000=36·4c (5marks)980 280 700 140 560 280 280$560,000/1,200,000 46·7c (5marks)(b) The level of operating profit, or profit before interest and taxation (PBIT), at which earnings per share under each method are equal (PBIT = x) is calculated as follows:Shares Debentures(x – B/E PBIT)(1 – tax rate) (x – B/E PBIT)(1 – tax rate)––––––––––––––––––––––– = –––––––––––––––––––––––No. of shares No. of sharesThe level of PBIT at which earnings per share are equal is:(x – $0·16m)(1 – 0·20) (x – $0·28m)(1 – 0·20)–––––––––––––––––––– = –––––––––––––––––––– (3 marks)1·8m 1·2m(0·8 x – $0·128m) (0·8 x – $0·224m)––––––––––––––––– = ––––––––––––––––1·8m 1·2m0·96m x – $0·1536m = 1·44m x – $0·4032m0·48m x = $0·2496mx = $0·52m (2 marks)3. (a) (i) The contribution per unit is $3 (i.e. $20 - $17). A 25% increase in sales will lead to anincrease of sales revenue of $0·3m or 15,000 units (i.e. $0·3m/$20). Hence the increase in contribution and profit will be:15,000 x $3 = $45,000 (4marks)The additional investment required will be:$Increase in stocksIncrease in debtors [($1·5m/12 ) x 11/2m] - [(1·2m/12) x 1m)]Increase in creditorsNet increase in working capitalReturn on investment 150,00087,500237,50050,000187,500= 45,000 x 100% 187,500= 24·0 %(6 marks)(ii) The additional investment required will be:$Increase in stocksIncrease in debtors [($0·3m/12) x 11/2]Increase in creditorsNet increase in working capital Return on investment 150,00037,500187,50050,000137,500= 45,000 x 100% 137,500= 32·7 %(6 marks)Thus, it is if new customers only take advantage of the longer credit period that the proposed change in policy will meet the profit requirements of the company.(b) The main factors that influence the credit terms granted to customers are: Management policies/Market strength /Order size and frequency /Profitability /Resources of the business /Resources of the customer/Industry norms, etc.(4 marks)。
完整word版公司理财英文版题库7
CHAPTER 7Net Present Value and Other Investment RulesMultiple Choice Questions:I. DEFINITIONSNET PRESENT V ALUEa 1. The difference between the present value of an investment and its cost is the:a. net present value.b. internal rate of return.c. payback period.d. profitability index.e. discounted payback period.Difficulty level: EasyNET PRESENT V ALUE RULEc 2. Which one of the following statements concerning net present value (NPV) is correct?a. An investment should be accepted if, and only if, the NPV is exactly equal to zero.b. An investment should be accepted only if the NPV is equal to the initial cash flow.c. An investment should be accepted if the NPV is positive and rejected if it is negative.d. An investment with greater cash inflows than cash outflows, regardless of when the cash flows occur, will always have a positive NPV and therefore should always be accepted.e. Any project that has positive cash flows for every time period after the initial investment should be accepted.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKc 3. The length of time required for an investment to generate cash flows sufficient to recover the initial cost of the investment is called the:a. net present value.b. internal rate of return.c. payback period.d. profitability index.e. discounted cash period.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACK RULEa 4. Which one of the following statements is correct concerning the payback period?a. An investment is acceptable if its calculated payback period is less than some pre-specified period of time.b. An investment should be accepted if the payback is positive and rejected if it isnegative.c. An investment should be rejected if the payback is positive and accepted if it isnegative.An investment is acceptable if its calculated payback period is greater than some pre- d.specified period of time.An investment should be accepted any time the payback period is less than the e.discounted payback period, given a positive discount rate.Difficulty level: EasyDISCOUNTED PAYBACKe 5. The length of time required for a project's discounted cash flows to equal the initialcost of the project is called the:a. net present value.b. internal rate of return.c. payback period.d. discounted profitability index.e. discounted payback period.Difficulty level: EasyDISCOUNTED PAYBACK RULEd 6. The discounted payback rule states that you should accept projects:a. which have a discounted payback period that is greater than some pre-specified periodof time.b. if the discounted payback is positive and rejected if it is negative.c. only if the discounted payback period equals some pre-specified period of time.d. if the discounted payback period is less than some pre-specified period of time.e. only if the discounted payback period is equal to zero.Difficulty level: EasyA VERAGE ACCOUNTING RETURNc 7. An investment's average net income divided by its average book value defines theaverage:a. net present value.b. internal rate of return.c. accounting return.d. profitability index.e. payback period.Difficulty level: EasyA VERAGE ACCOUNTING RETURN RULEb 8. An investment is acceptable if its average accounting return (AAR):a. is less than a target AAR.b. exceeds a target AAR.c. exceeds the firm's return on equity (ROE).d. is less than the firm's return on assets (ROA).e. is equal to zero and only when it is equal to zero.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNb. 9. The discount rate that makes the net present value of an investment exactly equal to zero is called the:a. external rate of return.b. internal rate of return.c. average accounting return.d. profitability index.e. equalizer.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURN RULEd 10. An investment is acceptable if its IRR:a. is exactly equal to its net present value (NPV).b. is exactly equal to zero.c. is less than the required return.d. exceeds the required return.e. is exactly equal to 100 percent.Difficulty level: EasyMULTIPLE RATES OF RETURNe 11. The possibility that more than one discount rate will make the NPV of an investment equal to zero is called the _____ problem.a. net present value profilingb. operational ambiguityc. mutually exclusive investment decisiond. issues of scalee. multiple rates of returnDifficulty level: MediumMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSc 12. A situation in which accepting one investment prevents the acceptance of another investment is called the:a. net present value profile.b. operational ambiguity decision.c. mutually exclusive investment decision.d. issues of scale problem.e. multiple choices of operations decision.Difficulty level: EasyPROFITABILITY INDEXd. 13. The present value of an investment's future cash flows divided by the initial cost of the investment is called the:a. net present value.b. internal rate of return.c. average accounting return.d. profitability index.e. profile period.Difficulty level: EasyPROFITABILITY INDEX RULEa 14. An investment is acceptable if the profitability index (PI) of the investment is:a. greater than one.b. less than one.c. greater than the internal rate of return (IRR).d. less than the net present value (NPV).e. greater than a pre-specified rate of return.Difficulty level: EasyII. CONCEPTSNET PRESENT V ALUEd 15. All else constant, the net present value of a project increases when:a. the discount rate increases.b. each cash inflow is delayed by one year.c. the initial cost of a project increases.d. the rate of return decreases.e. all cash inflows occur during the last year of a project's life instead of periodically throughout the life of the project.Difficulty level: EasyNET PRESENT V ALUEa 16. The primary reason that company projects with positive net present values are considered acceptable is that:a. they create value for the owners of the firm.b. the project's rate of return exceeds the rate of inflation.c. they return the initial cash outlay within three years or less.d. the required cash inflows exceed the actual cash inflows.e. the investment's cost exceeds the present value of the cash inflows.Difficulty level: EasyNET PRESENT V ALUEd 17. If a project has a net present value equal to zero, then:I. the present value of the cash inflows exceeds the initial cost of the project.II. the project produces a rate of return that just equals the rate required to accept the project.III. the project is expected to produce only the minimally required cash inflows. IV. any delay in receiving the projected cash inflows will cause the project to have a negative net present value.a. II and III onlyb. II and IV onlyc. I, II, and IV onlyd. II, III, and IV onlye. I, II, and III onlyDifficulty level: MediumNET PRESENT V ALUEb 18. Net present value:a. cannot be used when deciding between two mutually exclusive projects.b. is more useful to decision makers than the internal rate of return when comparing different sized projects.c. is easy to explain to non-financial managers and thus is the primary method of analysis used by the lowest levels of management.d. is not an as widely used tool as payback and discounted paybacke. is very similar in its methodology to the average accounting return.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKc 19. Payback is frequently used to analyze independent projects because:a. it considers the time value of money.b. all relevant cash flows are included in the analysis.c. it is easy and quick to calculate.d. it is the most desirable of all the available analytical methods from a financial perspective.e. it produces better decisions than those made using either NPV or IRR.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKc 20. The advantages of the payback method of project analysis include the:I. application of a discount rate to each separate cash flow.II. bias towards liquidity.III. ease of use.IV. arbitrary cutoff point.a. I and II onlyb. I and III onlyc. II and III onlyd. II and IV onlye. II, III, and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumPAYBACKd 21. All else equal, the payback period for a project will decrease whenever the:a. initial cost increases.b. required return for a project increases.c. assigned discount rate decreases.d. cash inflows are moved forward in time.e. duration of a project is lengthened.Difficulty level: MediumDISCOUNTED PAYBACKd 22. The discounted payback period of a project will decrease whenever the:a. discount rate applied to the project is increased.b. initial cash outlay of the project is increased.c. time period of the project is increased.d. amount of each project cash flow is increased.e. costs of the fixed assets utilized in the project increase.Difficulty level: MediumDISCOUNTED PAYBACKa 23. The discounted payback rule may cause:a. some positive net present value projects to be rejected.b. the most liquid projects to be rejected in favor of less liquid projects.c. projects to be incorrectly accepted due to ignoring the time value of money.d. projects with negative net present values to be accepted.e. some projects to be accepted which would otherwise be rejected under the payback rule.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNb 24. The internal rate of return (IRR):I. rule states that a project with an IRR that is less than the required rate should be accepted.II. is the rate generated solely by the cash flows of an investment.III. is the rate that causes the net present value of a project to exactly equal zero. IV. can effectively be used to analyze all investment scenarios.a. I and IV onlyb. II and III onlyc. I, II, and III onlyd. II, III, and IV onlye. I, II, III, and IVDifficulty level: MediumINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNa 25. The internal rate of return for a project will increase if:a. the initial cost of the project can be reduced.b. the total amount of the cash inflows is reduced.c. each cash inflow is moved such that it occurs one year later than originally projected.d. the required rate of return is reduced.e. the salvage value of the project is omitted from the analysis.Difficulty level: MediumINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNc 26. The internal rate of return is:a. more reliable as a decision making tool than net present value whenever you are considering mutually exclusive projects.b. equivalent to the discount rate that makes the net present value equal to one.c. difficult to compute without the use of either a financial calculator or a computer.d. dependent upon the interest rates offered in the marketplace.e. a better methodology than net present value when dealing with unconventional cash flows.Difficulty level: MediumINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNa 27. The internal rate of return tends to be:a. easier for managers to comprehend than the net present value.b. extremely accurate even when cash flow estimates are faulty.c. ignored by most financial analysts.d. used primarily to differentiate between mutually exclusive projects.e. utilized in project analysis only when multiple net present values apply.Difficulty level: EasyINCREMENTAL INTERNAL RATE OF RETURNe 28. You are trying to determine whether to accept project A or project B. These projectsare mutually exclusive. As part of your analysis, you should compute the incrementedIRR by determining:a. the internal rate of return for the cash flows of each project.b. the net present value of each project using the internal rate of return as the discount rate.c. the discount rate that equates the discounted payback periods for each project.d. the discount rate that makes the net present value of each project equal to 1.e. the internal rate of return for the differences in the cash flows of the two projects. Difficulty level: MediumINCREMENTAL INTERNAL RATE OF RETURNb 29. Graphing the incremental IRR helps explain:a. why one project is always superior to another project.b. how decisions concerning mutually exclusive projects are derived.c. how the duration of a project affects the decision as to which project to accept.d. how the net present value and the initial cash outflow of a project are related.e. how the profitability index and the net present value are related.Difficulty level: MediumPROFITABILITY INDEXd 30. The profitability index is closely related to:a. payback.b. discounted payback.c. the average accounting return.d. net present value.e. mutually exclusive projects.Difficulty level: EasyPROFITABILITY INDEXb 31. Analysis using the profitability index:a. frequently conflicts with the accept and reject decisions generated by the application ofthe net present value rule.b. is useful as a decision tool when investment funds are limited.c. is useful when trying to determine which one of two mutually exclusive projects should be accepted.d. utilizes the same basic variables as those used in the average accounting return.e. produces results which typically are difficult to comprehend or apply.Difficulty level: MediumPROFITABILITY INDEXe 32. If you want to review a project from a benefit-cost perspective, you should use the_____ method of analysis.a. net present valueb. paybackc. internal rate of returnd. average accounting returne. profitability indexDifficulty level: EasyPROFITABILITY INDEXb 33. When the present value of the cash inflows exceeds the initial cost of a project, then the project should be:a. accepted because the internal rate of return is positive.b. accepted because the profitability index is greater than 1.c. accepted because the profitability index is negative.d. rejected because the internal rate of return is negative.e. rejected because the net present value is negative.Difficulty level: EasyMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSc 34. Which one of the following is the best example of two mutually exclusive projects?a. planning to build a warehouse and a retail outlet side by sideb. buying sufficient equipment to manufacture both desks and chairs simultaneouslyc. using an empty warehouse for storage or renting it entirely out to another firmd. using the company sales force to promote sales of both shoes and sockse. buying both inventory and fixed assets using funds from the same bond issue Difficulty level: MediumMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSd 35. The Liberty Co. is considering two projects. Project A consists of building a wholesale book outlet on lot #169 of the Englewood Retail Center. Project B consists of buildinga sit-down restaurant on lot #169 of the Englewood Retail Center. When trying todecide whether or build the book outlet or the restaurant, management should rely most heavily on the analysis results from the _____ method of analysis.a. profitability indexb. internal rate of returnc. paybackd. net present valuee. accounting rate of returnDifficulty level: MediumMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSc 36. When two projects both require the total use of the same limited economic resource, the projects are generally considered to be:a. independent.b. marginally profitable.c. mutually exclusive.d. acceptable.e. internally profitable.Difficulty level: EasyMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSc 37. Matt is analyzing two mutually exclusive projects of similar size and has prepared thefollowing data. Both projects have 5 year lives.Project A Project B$14,693 Net present value $15,0902.51 years 2.76 years Payback period9.6 percent 9.3 percent Average accounting return8.0 percent Required return 8.3 percent9.0 percentRequired AAR 9.0 percentMatt has been asked for his best recommendation given this information. His recommendation should be to accept:a. project B because it has the shortest payback period.b. both projects as they both have positive net present values.c. project A and reject project B based on their net present values.d. project B and reject project A based on their average accounting returns.e. project B and reject project A based on both the payback period and the averageaccounting return.Difficulty level: MediumINVESTMENT ANALYSISa 38. Given that the net present value (NPV) is generally considered to be the best method of analysis, why should you still use the other methods?a. The other methods help validate whether or not the results from the net present value analysis are reliable.b. You need to use the other methods since conventional practice dictates that you only accept projects after you have generated three accept indicators.c. You need to use other methods because the net present value method is unreliable when a project has unconventional cash flows.d. The average accounting return must always indicate acceptance since this is the best method from a financial perspective.e. The discounted payback method must always be computed to determine if a project returns a positive cash flow since NPV does not measure this aspect of a project.Difficulty level: MediumINVESTMENT ANALYSISe 39. In actual practice, managers frequently use the:I. AAR because the information is so readily available.II. IRR because the results are easy to communicate and understand.III. payback because of its simplicity.IV. net present value because it is considered by many to be the best method of analysis.a. I and III onlyb. II and III onlyc. I, III, and IV onlyd. II, III, and IV onlye. I, II, III, and IVDifficulty level: MediumINVESTMENT ANALYSISa 40. No matter how many forms of investment analysis you do:a. the actual results from a project may vary significantly from the expected results.b. the internal rate of return will always produce the most reliable results.c. a project will never be accepted unless the payback period is met.d. the initial costs will generally vary considerably from the estimated costs.e. only the first three years of a project ever affect its final outcome.Difficulty level: EasyINVESTMENT ANALYSISb 41. Which of the following methods of project analysis are biased towards short-term projects?I. internal rate of returnII. accounting rate of returnIII. paybackIV. discounted paybacka. I and II onlyb. III and IV onlyc. II and III onlyd. I and IV onlye. II and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumINVESTMENT ANALYSISa 42. If a project is assigned a required rate of return equal to zero, then:a. the timing of the project's cash flows has no bearing on the value of the project.b. the project will always be accepted.c. the project will always be rejected.d. whether the project is accepted or rejected will depend on the timing of the cash flows.e. the project can never add value for the shareholders.Difficulty level: MediumDECISION RULESe 43. You are considering a project with the following data:Internal rate of return 8.7 percentProfitability ratio .98Net present value -$393Payback period 2.44 yearsRequired return 9.5 percentWhich one of the following is correct given this information?a. The discount rate used in computing the net present value must have been less than 8.7 percent.b. The discounted payback period will have to be less than 2.44 years.c. The discount rate used to compute the profitability ratio was equal to the internal rate of return.d. This project should be accepted based on the profitability ratio.e. This project should be rejected based on the internal rate of return.Difficulty level: MediumNET PRESENT V ALUEc 44. Accepting positive NPV projects benefits the stockholders because:a. it is the most easily understood valuation process.b. the present value of the expected cash flows are equal to the cost.c. the present value of the expected cash flows are greater than the cost.d. it is the most easily calculated.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyNET PRESENT V ALUEa 45. Which of the following does not characterize NPV?a. NPV does not incorporate risk into the analysis.b. NPV incorporates all relevant information.c. NPV uses all of the project's cash flows.d. NPV discounts all future cash flows.e. Using NPV will lead to decisions that maximize shareholder wealth.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKe 46. The payback period rule:a. discounts cash flows.b. ignores initial cost.c. always uses all possible cash flows in its calculation.d. Both A and C.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKc 47. The payback period rule accepts all investment projects in which the payback period forthe cash flows is:a. equal to the cutoff point.b. greater than the cutoff point.c. less than the cutoff point.d. positive.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKd 48. The payback period rule is a convenient and useful tool because:a. it provides a quick estimate of how rapidly the initial investment will be recouped.b. results of a short payback rule decision will be quickly seen.c. it does not take into account time value of money.d. All of the above.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyDISCOUNTED PAYBACKa 49. The discounted payback period rule:a. considers the time value of money.b. discounts the cutoff point.c. ignores uncertain cash flows.d. is preferred to the NPV rule.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKc 50. The payback period rule:a. determines a cutoff point so that all projects accepted by the NPV rule will be acceptedby the payback period rule.b. determines a cutoff point so that depreciation is just equal to positive cash flows in thepayback year.c. requires an arbitrary choice of a cutoff point.d. varies the cutoff point with the interest rate.e. Both A and D.Difficulty level: EasyA VERAGE ACCOUNTING RETURNc 51. The average accounting return is determined by:a. dividing the yearly cash flows by the investment.b. dividing the average cash flows by the investment.c. dividing the average net income by the average investment.d. dividing the average net income by the initial investment.e. dividing the net income by the cash flow.Difficulty level: EasyA VERAGE ACCOUNTING RETURNb 52. The investment decision rule that relates average net income to average investment is the:a. discounted cash flow method.b. average accounting return method.c. average payback method. d. average profitability index.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyMODIFIED INTERNAL RATE OF RETURN d 53. Modified internal rate of return:a. handles the multiple IRR problem by combining cash flows until only one change in sign change remains.b. requires the use of a discount rate.c. does not require the use of a discount rate.d. Both A and B.e. Both A and C.Difficulty level: MediumA VERAGE ACCOUNTING RETURNd 54. The shortcoming(s) of the average accounting return (AAR) method is (are):a. the use of net income instead of cash flows.b. the pattern of income flows has no impact on the AAR.c. there is no clear-cut decision rule.d. All of the above.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: MediumINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNe 55. The two fatal flaws of the internal rate of return rule are:a. arbitrary determination of a discount rate and failure to consider initial expenditures.b. arbitrary determination of a discount rate and failure to correctly analyze mutually exclusive investment projects.c. arbitrary determination of a discount rate and the multiple rate of return problem.d. failure to consider initial expenditures and failure to correctly analyze mutually exclusive investment projects.e. failure to correctly analyze mutually exclusive investment projects and the multiple rate of return problem.Difficulty level: MediumMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSd 56. A mutually exclusive project is a project whose:a. acceptance or rejection has no effect on other projects.b. NPV is always negative.c. IRR is always negative.d. acceptance or rejection affects other projects.e. cash flow pattern exhibits more than one sign change.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNd 57. A project will have more than one IRR if:a. the IRR is positive.b. the IRR is negative.c. the NPV is zero.d. the cash flow pattern exhibits more than one sign change.e. the cash flow pattern exhibits exactly one sign change.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURN RULESb 58. Using internal rate of return, a conventional project should be accepted if the internal rate of return is:a. equal to the discount rate.b. greater than the discount rate.c. less than the discount rate.d. negative.e. positive.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNa 59. The internal rate of return may be defined as:a. the discount rate that makes the NPV cash flows equal to zero.b. the difference between the market rate of interest and the NPV.c. the market rate of interest less the risk-free rate.d. the project acceptance rate set by management.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: MediumMULTIPLE INTERNAL RATE OF RETURNSd 60. The problem of multiple IRRs can occur when:a. there is only one sign change in the cash flows.b. the first cash flow is always positive.c. the cash flows decline over the life of the project.d. there is more than one sign change in the cash flows.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyTIMING AND SCALE ISSUES WITH INTERNAL RATE OF RETURNb 61. The elements that cause problems with the use of the IRR in projects that are mutually exclusive are:a. the discount rate and scale problems.b. timing and scale problems.c. the discount rate and timing problems.d. scale and reversing flow problems.e. timing and reversing flow problems. Difficulty level: MediumNET PRESENT V ALUE DECISIONc 62. If there is a conflict between mutually exclusive projects due to the IRR, one should:a. drop the two projects immediately.b. spend more money on gathering information.c. depend on the NPV as it will always provide the most value.d. depend on the AAR because it does not suffer from these same problems.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: MediumPROFITABILITY INDEXe 63. The profitability index is the ratio of:a. average net income to average investment.b. internal rate of return to current market interest rate.c. net present value of cash flows to internal rate of return.d. net present value of cash flows to average accounting return.e. present value of cash flows to initial investment cost.Difficulty level: EasyINVESTMENT DECISION RULESa 64. Which of the following statement is true?a. One must know the discount rate to compute the NPV of a project but one can computethe IRR without referring to the discount rate.b. One must know the discount rate to compute the IRR of a project but one can computethe NPV without referring to the discount rate.c. Payback accounts for time value of money.d. There will always be one IRR regardless of cash flows.e. Average accounting return is the ratio of total assets to total net income.Difficulty level: MediumCAPITAL BUDGETING PRACTICEb65. Graham and Harvey (2001) found that ___ and ___ were the two most popular capital budgeting methods.a. Internal Rate of Return; Payback Periodb. Internal Rate of Return; Net Present Valuec. Net Present Value; Payback Periodd. Modified Internal Rate of Return; Internal Rate of Returne. Modified Internal Rate of Return; Net Present ValueDifficulty level: MediumPROBLEMS III.。
罗斯《公司理财》英文习题答案DOCchap019
公司理财习题答案第十九章Chapter 19: Issuing Equity Securities to the Public19.1 a. A general cash offer is a public issue of a security that is sold to all interestedinvestors. A general cash offer is not restricted to current stockholders.b. A rights offer is an issuance that gives the current stockholders the opportunity tomaintain a proportionate ownership of the company. The shares are offered to thecurrent shareholders before they are offered to the general public.c. A registration statement is the filing with the SEC, which discloses all pertinentinformation concerning the corporation that wants to make a public offering.d. A prospectus is the legal document that must be given to every investor whocontemplates purchasing registered securities in a public offering. The prospectusdescribes the details of the company and the particular issue.e. An initial public offering (IPO) is the original sale of a company’s securities to thepublic. An IPO is also called an unseasoned issue.f. A seasoned new issue is a new issue of stock after the company’s securities havepreviously been publicly traded.g. Shelf registration is an SEC procedure, which allows a firm to file a masterregistration statement summarizing the planned financing for a two year period.The firm files short forms whenever it wishes to sell any of the approved masterregistration securities during the two year period.19.2 a. The Securities Exchange Act of 1933 regulates the trading of new, unseasonedsecurities.b. The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 regulates the trading of seasoned securities.This act regulates trading in what is called the secondary market.19.3 Competitive offer and negotiated offer are two methods to select investment bankers forunderwriting. Under the competitive offers, the issuing firm can award its securities to the underwriter with the highest bid, which in turn implies the lowest cost. On the other hand, in negotiated deals, underwriter gains much information about the issuing firm throughnegotiation, which helps increase the possibility of a successful offering.19.4 a. Firm commitment underwriting is an underwriting in which an investment bankingfirm commits to buy the entire issue. It will then sell the shares to the public. Theinvestment banking firm assumes all financial responsibility for any unsold shares.b. A syndicate is a group of investment banking companies that agree to cooperate in ajoint venture to underwrite an offering of securities.c. The spread is the difference between the underwriter’s buying price and the offeringprice. The spread is a fee for the services of the underwriting syndicate.d. Best efforts underwriting is an offering in which the underwriter agrees to distributeas much of the offering as possible. Any unsold portions of the offering are returnedto the issuing firm.19.5 a. The risk in a firm commitment underwriting is borne by the underwriter(s). Thesyndicate agrees to purchase all of an offering. Then they sell as much of it aspossible. Any unsold shares remain the responsibility of the underwriter(s). Therisk that the security’s price may become unfavorable also lies with theunderwriter(s).b. The issuing firm bears the risk in a best efforts underwriting. The underwriter(s)agrees to make its best effort to sell the securities for the firm. Any unsoldsecurities are the responsibility of the firm.19.6 In general, the new price per share after the offering is:P = (market value + proceeds from offering) / total number of sharesi. At $40 P = ($400,000 + ($40 x 5,000)) / 15,000 =$40ii. At $20 P = ($400,000 + ($20 x 5,000)) / 15,000 = $33.33iii. At $10 P = ($400,000 + ($10 x 5,000)) / 15,000 = $3019.7 The poor performance result should not surprise the professor. Since he subscribed to everyinitial public offering, he was bound to get fewer superior performers and more poorperformers. Financial analysts studied the companies and separated the bad prospects from the good ones. The analysts invested in only the good prospects. These issues becameoversubscribed. Since these good prospects were oversubscribed, the professor received a limited amount of stock from them. The poor prospects were probably under-subscribed, so he received as much of their stock as he desired. The result was that his performance was below average because the weight on the poor performers in his portfolio was greater than the weight on the superio r performers. This result is called the winner’s curse. The professor “won” the shares, but his bane was that the shares he “won” were poorperformers.19.8 There are two possible reasons for stock price drops on the announcement of a new equityissue:i. M anagement may attempt to issue new shares of stock when the stock is over-valued, that is, the intrinsic value is lower than the market price. The price drop isthe result of the downward adjustment of the overvaluation.ii. W ith the increase of financial distress possibility, the firm is more likely to raise capital through equity than debt. The market price drops because it interprets theequity issue announcement as bad news.19.9 The costs of new issues include underwriter’s spread, direct and indirect expenses, negativeabnormal returns associated with the equity offer announcement, under-pricing, and green-shoe option.19.10 a. $12,000,000/$15 = 800,000b. 2,400,000/800,000 = 3c. The shareholders must remit $15 and three rights for each share of new stock theywish to purchase.19.11 a. In general, the ex-rights price isP = (Market value + Proceeds from offering) / Total number of sharesP = ($25 x 100,000 + $20 x 10,000) / (100,000 + 10,000) = $24.55b. The value of a right is the difference between the rights-on price of the stock andthe ex-rights price of the stock. The value of a right is $0.45 (=$25 - $24.55).Alternative solution:The value of a right can also be computed as:(Ex-rights price - Subscription price) / Number of rights required to buy a share ofstockValue of a right = ($24.55 - $20) / 10 = $0.45c. The market value of the firm after the issue is the number of shares times the ex-rights price.Value = 110,000 x $24.55 $2,700,000 (Note that the exact ex-rights price is$24.5454.)公司理财习题答案第十九章d. The most important reason to offer rights is to reduce issuance costs. Also, rightsofferings do not dilute ownership and they provide shareholders with moreflexibility. Shareholders can either exercise or sell their rights.19.12 The value of a right = $50 - $45 = $5The number of new shares = $5,000,000 / $25 = 200,000The number of rights / share = ($45 - $25) / $5 = 4The number of old shares = 200,000 x 4 = 800,00019.13 a. Assume you hold three shares of the company’s stock. The value of your holdingsbefore you exercise your rights is 3 x $45 = $135. When you exercise, you mustremit the three rights you receive for owning three shares, and ten dollars. You haveincreased your equity investment by $10. The value of your holdings is $135 + $10= $145. After exercise, you own four shares of stock. Thus, the price per share ofyour stock is $145 / 4 = $36.25.b. The value of a right is the difference between the rights-on price of the stock andthe ex-rights price of the stock. The value of a right is $8.75 (=$45 - $36.25).c. The price drop will occur on the ex-rights date. Although the ex-rights date isneither the expiration date nor the date on which the rights are first exercisable, it isthe day that the price will drop. If you purchase the stock before the ex-rights date,you will receive the rights. If you purchase the stock on or after the ex-rights date,you will not receive the rights. Since rights have value, the stockholder receivingthe rights must pay for them. The stock price drop on the ex-rights day is similar tothe stock price drop on an ex-dividend day.19.14 a. Stock price (ex-right) = (13+2) / (1+0.5) = $10Subscription price = 2 / 0.5 = $4Right’s price = 13-10 = $3= (10-4) / 2 = $3b. Stock price (ex-right) = (13+2) / (1+0.25) = $12Subscription price = 2 / 0.25 = $8Right’s price = 13-12 = $1= (12-8) / 4 = $1c. The stockholders’ wealth is the same between the two arrangements.19.15 If the interest of management is to increase the wealth of the current shareholders, a rightsoffering may be preferable because issuing costs as a percentage of capital raised is lower for rights offerings. Management does not have to worry about underpricing becauseshareholders get the rights, which are worth something. Rights offerings also preventexisting shareholders from losing proportionate ownership control. Finally, whether the shareholders exercise or sell their rights, they are the only beneficiaries.19.16 Reasons for shelf registration include:i. Flexibility in raising money only when necessary without incurring additional issuancecosts.ii. As Bhagat, Marr and Thompson showed, shelf registration is less costly than conventional underwritten issues.iii. Issuance of securities is greatly simplified.19.17 Suppliers of venture capital can include:i. Wealthy families / individuals.ii. Investment funds provided by a number of private partnerships and corporations.iii. Venture capital subsidiaries established by large industrial or financial corporations.iv. “Angels” in an informal venture capital market.19.18 The proceeds from IPO are used to:i. exchange inside equity ownership for outside equity ownershipii. finance the present and future operations of the IPO firms.19.19 Basic empirical regularities in IPOs include:i. underpricing of the offer price,ii. best-efforts offerings are generally used for small IPOs and firm-commitment offerings are generally used for large IPOs,iii. the underwriter price stabilization of the after market and,iv. that issuing costs are higher in negotiated deals than in competitive ones.。
罗斯公司理财Chap004全英文题库及答案
Chapter 04 Discounted Cash Flow Valuation Answer KeyMultiple Choice Questions1. An annuity stream of cash flow payments is a set of:A. level cash flows occurring each time period for a fixed length of time.B. level cash flows occurring each time period forever.C. increasing cash flows occurring each time period for a fixed length of time.D. increasing cash flows occurring each time period forever.E. arbitrary cash flows occurring each time period for no more than 10 years.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: ANNUITYType: DEFINITIONS2. Annuities where the payments occur at the end of each time period are called _____, whereas _____ refer to annuity streams with payments occurring at the beginning of each time period.A. ordinary annuities; early annuitiesB. late annuities; straight annuitiesC. straight annuities; late annuitiesD. annuities due; ordinary annuitiesE. ordinary annuities; annuities dueDifficulty level: EasyTopic: ANNUITIES DUEType: DEFINITIONS3. An annuity stream where the payments occur forever is called a(n):A. annuity due.B. indemnity.C. perpetuity.D. amortized cash flow stream.E. amortization table.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: PERPETUITYType: DEFINITIONS4. The interest rate expressed in terms of the interest payment made each period is called the _____ rate.A. stated annual interestB. compound annual interestC. effective annual interestD. periodic interestE. daily interestDifficulty level: EasyTopic: STATED INTEREST RATESType: DEFINITIONS5. The interest rate expressed as if it were compounded once per year is called the _____ rate.A. stated interestB. compound interestC. effective annualD. periodic interestE. daily interestDifficulty level: EasyTopic: EFFECTIVE ANNUAL RATEType: DEFINITIONS6. The interest rate charged per period multiplied by the number of periods per year is called the _____ rate.A. effective annualB. annual percentageC. periodic interestD. compound interestE. daily interestDifficulty level: EasyTopic: ANNUAL PERCENTAGE RATEType: DEFINITIONS7. Paying off long-term debt by making installment payments is called:A. foreclosing on the debt.B. amortizing the debt.C. funding the debt.D. calling the debt.E. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: AMORTIZATIONType: DEFINITIONS8. You are comparing two annuities which offer monthly payments for ten years. Both annuities are identical with the exception of the payment dates. Annuity A pays on the first of each month while annuity B pays on the last day of each month. Which one of the following statements is correct concerning these two annuities?A. Both annuities are of equal value today.B. Annuity B is an annuity due.C. Annuity A has a higher future value than annuity B.D. Annuity B has a higher present value than annuity A.E. Both annuities have the same future value as of ten years from today.Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY VERSUS ANNUITY DUEType: CONCEPTS9. You are comparing two investment options. The cost to invest in either option is the same today. Both options will provide you with $20,000 of income. Option A pays five annual payments starting with $8,000 the first year followed by four annual payments of $3,000 each. Option B pays five annual payments of $4,000 each. Which one of the following statements is correct given these two investment options?A. Both options are of equal value given that they both provide $20,000 of income.B. Option A is the better choice of the two given any positive rate of return.C. Option B has a higher present value than option A given a positive rate of return.D. Option B has a lower future value at year 5 than option A given a zero rate of return.E. Option A is preferable because it is an annuity due.Difficulty level: MediumTopic: UNEVEN CASH FLOWS AND PRESENT VALUEType: CONCEPTS10. You are considering two projects with the following cash flows:Which of the following statements are true concerning these two projects?I. Both projects have the same future value at the end of year 4, given a positive rate of return. II. Both projects have the same future value given a zero rate of return.III. Both projects have the same future value at any point in time, given a positive rate of return. IV. Project A has a higher future value than project B, given a positive rate of return.A. II onlyB. IV onlyC. I and III onlyD. II and IV onlyE. I, II, and III onlyDifficulty level: MediumTopic: UNEVEN CASH FLOWS AND FUTURE VALUEType: CONCEPTS11. A perpetuity differs from an annuity because:A. perpetuity payments vary with the rate of inflation.B. perpetuity payments vary with the market rate of interest.C. perpetuity payments are variable while annuity payments are constant.D. perpetuity payments never cease.E. annuity payments never cease.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: PERPETUITY VERSUS ANNUITYType: CONCEPTS12. Which one of the following statements concerning the annual percentage rate is correct?A. The annual percentage rate considers interest on interest.B. The rate of interest you actually pay on a loan is called the annual percentage rate.C. The effective annual rate is lower than the annual percentage rate when an interest rate is compounded quarterly.D. When firms advertise the annual percentage rate they are violating U.S. truth-in-lending laws.E. The annual percentage rate equals the effective annual rate when the rate on an account is designated as simple interest.Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ANNUAL PERCENTAGE RATEType: CONCEPTS13. Which one of the following statements concerning interest rates is correct?A. The stated rate is the same as the effective annual rate.B. An effective annual rate is the rate that applies if interest were charged annually.C. The annual percentage rate increases as the number of compounding periods per year increases.D. Banks prefer more frequent compounding on their savings accounts.E. For any positive rate of interest, the effective annual rate will always exceed the annual percentage rate.Difficulty level: MediumTopic: INTEREST RATESType: CONCEPTS14. Which of the following statements concerning the effective annual rate are correct?I. When making financial decisions, you should compare effective annual rates rather than annual percentage rates.II. The more frequently interest is compounded, the higher the effective annual rate.III. A quoted rate of 6% compounded continuously has a higher effective annual rate than if the rate were compounded daily.IV. When borrowing and choosing which loan to accept, you should select the offer with the highest effective annual rate.A. I and II onlyB. I and IV onlyC. I, II, and III onlyD. II, III, and IV onlyE. I, II, III, and IVDifficulty level: MediumTopic: EFFECTIVE ANNUAL RATEType: CONCEPTS15. The highest effective annual rate that can be derived from an annual percentage rate of 9% is computed as:A. .09e - 1.B. e.09 ⨯ q.C. e ⨯ (1 + .09).D. e.09 - 1.E. (1 + .09)q.Difficulty level: MediumTopic: CONTINUOUS COMPOUNDINGType: CONCEPTS16. The time value of money concept can be defined as:A. the relationship between the supply and demand of money.B. the relationship between money spent versus money received.C. the relationship between a dollar to be received in the future and a dollar today.D. the relationship between interest rate stated and amount paid.E. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: TIME VALUEType: CONCEPTS17. Discounting cash flows involves:A. discounting only those cash flows that occur at least 10 years in the future.B. estimating only the cash flows that occur in the first 4 years of a project.C. multiplying expected future cash flows by the cost of capital.D. discounting all expected future cash flows to reflect the time value of money.E. taking the cash discount offered on trade merchandise.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: CASH FLOWSType: CONCEPTS18. Compound interest:A. allows for the reinvestment of interest payments.B. does not allow for the reinvestment of interest payments.C. is the same as simple interest.D. provides a value that is less than simple interest.E. Both A and D.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: INTERESTType: CONCEPTS19. An annuity:A. is a debt instrument that pays no interest.B. is a stream of payments that varies with current market interest rates.C. is a level stream of equal payments through time.D. has no value.E. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: ANNUITYType: CONCEPTS20. The stated rate of interest is 10%. Which form of compounding will give the highest effective rate of interest?A. annual compoundingB. monthly compoundingC. daily compoundingD. continuous compoundingE. It is impossible to tell without knowing the term of the loan.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: COMPOUNDINGType: CONCEPTS21. The present value of future cash flows minus initial cost is called:A. the future value of the project.B. the net present value of the project.C. the equivalent sum of the investment.D. the initial investment risk equivalent value.E. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: PRESENT VALUEType: CONCEPTS22. Find the present value of $5,325 to be received in one period if the rate is 6.5%.A. $5,000.00B. $5,023.58C. $5,644.50D. $5,671.13E. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyTopic: PRESENT VALUE - SINGLE SUMType: PROBLEMS23. If you have a choice to earn simple interest on $10,000 for three years at 8% or annually compounded interest at 7.5% for three years which one will pay more and by how much?A. Simple interest by $50.00B. Compound interest by $22.97C. Compound interest by $150.75D. Compound interest by $150.00E. None of the above.Simple Interest = $10,000 (.08)(3) = $2,400;Compound Interest = $10,000((1.075)3 - 1) = $2,422.97;Difference = $2,422.97 - $2,400 = $22.97Difficulty level: EasyTopic: SIMPLE & COMPOUND INTERESTType: PROBLEMS24. Bradley Snapp has deposited $7,000 in a guaranteed investment account with a promised rate of 6% compounded annually. He plans to leave it there for 4 full years when he will make a down payment on a car after graduation. How much of a down payment will he be able to make?A. $1,960.00B. $2,175.57C. $8,960.00D. $8,837.34E. $9,175.57$7,000 (1.06)4 = $8,837.34Difficulty level: EasyTopic: FUTURE VALUE - SINGLE SUMType: PROBLEMS25. Your parents are giving you $100 a month for four years while you are in college. At a 6% discount rate, what are these payments worth to you when you first start college?A. $3,797.40B. $4,167.09C. $4,198.79D. $4,258.03E. $4,279.32Difficulty level: EasyTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY AND PRESENT VALUEType: PROBLEMS26. You just won the lottery! As your prize you will receive $1,200 a month for 100 months. If you can earn 8% on your money, what is this prize worth to you today?A. $87,003.69B. $87,380.23C. $87,962.77D. $88,104.26E. $90,723.76Difficulty level: EasyTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY AND PRESENT VALUEType: PROBLEMS27. Todd is able to pay $160 a month for five years for a car. If the interest rate is 4.9%, how much can Todd afford to borrow to buy a car?A. $6,961.36B. $8,499.13C. $8,533.84D. $8,686.82E. $9,588.05Difficulty level: EasyTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY AND PRESENT VALUEType: PROBLEMS28. You are the beneficiary of a life insurance policy. The insurance company informs you that you have two options for receiving the insurance proceeds. You can receive a lump sum of $50,000 today or receive payments of $641 a month for ten years. You can earn 6.5% on your money. Which option should you take and why?A. You should accept the payments because they are worth $56,451.91 today.B. You should accept the payments because they are worth $56,523.74 today.C. You should accept the payments because they are worth $56,737.08 today.D. You should accept the $50,000 because the payments are only worth $47,757.69 today.E. You should accept the $50,000 because the payments are only worth $47,808.17 today.Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY AND PRESENT VALUEType: PROBLEMS29. Your employer contributes $25 a week to your retirement plan. Assume that you work for your employer for another twenty years and that the applicable discount rate is 5%. Given these assumptions, what is this employee benefit worth to you today?A. $13,144.43B. $15,920.55C. $16,430.54D. $16,446.34E. $16,519.02Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY AND PRESENT VALUEType: PROBLEMS30. You have a sub-contracting job with a local manufacturing firm. Your agreement calls for annual payments of $50,000 for the next five years. At a discount rate of 12%, what is this job worth to you today?A. $180,238.81B. $201,867.47C. $210,618.19D. $223,162.58E. $224,267.10Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY AND PRESENT VALUEType: PROBLEMS31. The Ajax Co. just decided to save $1,500 a month for the next five years as a safety net for recessionary periods. The money will be set aside in a separate savings account which pays 3.25% interest compounded monthly. It deposits the first $1,500 today. If the company had wanted to deposit an equivalent lump sum today, how much would it have had to deposit?A. $82,964.59B. $83,189.29C. $83,428.87D. $83,687.23E. $84,998.01Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ANNUITY DUE AND PRESENT VALUEType: PROBLEMS32. You need some money today and the only friend you have that has any is your ‘miserly' friend. He agrees to loan you the money you need, if you make payments of $20 a month for the next six months. In keeping with his reputation, he requires that the first payment be paid today. He also charges you 1.5% interest per month. How much money are you borrowing?A. $113.94B. $115.65C. $119.34D. $119.63E. $119.96Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ANNUITY DUE AND PRESENT VALUEType: PROBLEMS33. You buy an annuity which will pay you $12,000 a year for ten years. The payments are paid on the first day of each year. What is the value of this annuity today at a 7% discount rate?A. $84,282.98B. $87,138.04C. $90,182.79D. $96,191.91E. $116,916.21Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ANNUITY DUE AND PRESENT VALUEType: PROBLEMS34. You are scheduled to receive annual payments of $10,000 for each of the next 25 years. Your discount rate is 8.5%. What is the difference in the present value if you receive these payments at the beginning of each year rather than at the end of each year?A. $8,699B. $9,217C. $9,706D. $10,000E. $10,850Difference = $111,040.97 - $102,341.91 = $8,699.06 = $8,699 (rounded)Note: The difference = .085 $102,341.91 = $8,699.06Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY VERSUS ANNUITY DUEType: PROBLEMS35. You are comparing two annuities with equal present values. The applicable discount rate is 7.5%. One annuity pays $5,000 on the first day of each year for twenty years. How much does the second annuity pay each year for twenty years if it pays at the end of each year?A. $4,651B. $5,075C. $5,000D. $5,375E. $5,405Because each payment is received one year later, then the cash flow has to equal: $5,000 (1 + .075) = $5,375Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY VERSUS ANNUITY DUEType: PROBLEMS36. Martha receives $100 on the first of each month. Stewart receives $100 on the last day of each month. Both Martha and Stewart will receive payments for five years. At an 8% discount rate, what is the difference in the present value of these two sets of payments?A. $32.88B. $40.00C. $99.01D. $108.00E. $112.50Difference = $4,964.72 - $4,931.84 = $32.88Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY VERSUS ANNUITY DUEType: PROBLEMS37. What is the future value of $1,000 a year for five years at a 6% rate of interest?A. $4,212.36B. $5,075.69C. $5,637.09D. $6,001.38E. $6,801.91Difficulty level: EasyTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY AND FUTURE VALUEType: PROBLEMS38. What is the future value of $2,400 a year for three years at an 8% rate of interest?A. $6,185.03B. $6,847.26C. $7,134.16D. $7,791.36E. $8,414.67Difficulty level: EasyTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY AND FUTURE VALUEType: PROBLEMS39. Janet plans on saving $3,000 a year and expects to earn 8.5%. How much will Janet have at the end of twenty-five years if she earns what she expects?A. $219,317.82B. $230,702.57C. $236,003.38D. $244,868.92E. $256,063.66Difficulty level: EasyTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY AND FUTURE VALUEType: PROBLEMS40. Toni adds $3,000 to her savings on the first day of each year. Tim adds $3,000 to his savings on the last day of each year. They both earn a 9% rate of return. What is the difference in their savings account balances at the end of thirty years?A. $35,822.73B. $36,803.03C. $38,911.21D. $39,803.04E. $40,115.31Difference = $445,725.65 - $408,922.62 = $36,803.03Note: Difference = $408,922.62 .09 = $36,803.03Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ANNUITY DUE VERSUS ORDINARY ANNUITYType: PROBLEMS41. You borrow $5,600 to buy a car. The terms of the loan call for monthly payments for four years at a 5.9% rate of interest. What is the amount of each payment?A. $103.22B. $103.73C. $130.62D. $131.26E. $133.04Difficulty level: EasyTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY PAYMENTSType: PROBLEMS42. You borrow $149,000 to buy a house. The mortgage rate is 7.5% and the loan period is 30 years. Payments are made monthly. If you pay for the house according to the loan agreement, how much total interest will you pay?A. $138,086B. $218,161C. $226,059D. $287,086E. $375,059Total interest = ($1,041.83 ⨯ 30 ⨯ 12) - $149,000 = $226,058.80 = $226,059 (rounded) Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY PAYMENTS AND COST OF INTERESTType: PROBLEMS43. The Great Giant Corp. has a management contract with its newly hired president. The contract requires a lump sum payment of $25 million be paid to the president upon the completion of her first ten years of service. The company wants to set aside an equal amount of funds each year to cover this anticipated cash outflow. The company can earn 6.5% on these funds. How much must the company set aside each year for this purpose?A. $1,775,042.93B. $1,798,346.17C. $1,801,033.67D. $1,852,617.25E. $1,938,018.22Difficulty level: EasyTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY PAYMENTS AND FUTURE VALUEType: PROBLEMS44. You retire at age 60 and expect to live another 27 years. On the day you retire, you have $464,900 in your retirement savings account. You are conservative and expect to earn 4.5% on your money during your retirement. How much can you withdraw from your retirement savings each month if you plan to die on the day you spend your last penny?A. $2,001.96B. $2,092.05C. $2,398.17D. $2,472.00E. $2,481.27Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY PAYMENTS AND PRESENT VALUEType: PROBLEMS45. The McDonald Group purchased a piece of property for $1.2 million. It paid a down payment of 20% in cash and financed the balance. The loan terms require monthly payments for 15 years at an annual percentage rate of 7.75% compounded monthly. What is the amount of each mortgage payment?A. $7,440.01B. $8,978.26C. $9,036.25D. $9,399.18E. $9,413.67Amount financed = $1,200,000 (1 - .2) = $960,000Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY PAYMENTS AND PRESENT VALUEType: PROBLEMS46. You estimate that you will have $24,500 in student loans by the time you graduate. The interest rate is 6.5%. If you want to have this debt paid in full within five years, how much must you pay each month?A. $471.30B. $473.65C. $476.79D. $479.37E. $480.40Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY PAYMENTS AND PRESENT VALUEType: PROBLEMS47. You are buying a previously owned car today at a price of $6,890. You are paying $500 down in cash and financing the balance for 36 months at 7.9%. What is the amount of each loan payment?A. $198.64B. $199.94C. $202.02D. $214.78E. $215.09Amount financed = $6,890 - $500 = $6,390Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY PAYMENTS AND PRESENT VALUEType: PROBLEMS48. The Good Life Insurance Co. wants to sell you an annuity which will pay you $500 per quarter for 25 years. You want to earn a minimum rate of return of 5.5%. What is the most you are willing to pay as a lump sum today to buy this annuity?A. $26,988.16B. $27,082.94C. $27,455.33D. $28,450.67E. $28,806.30Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY PAYMENTS AND PRESENT VALUEType: PROBLEMS49. Your car dealer is willing to lease you a new car for $299 a month for 60 months. Payments are due on the first day of each month starting with the day you sign the lease contract. If your cost of money is 4.9%, what is the current value of the lease?A. $15,882.75B. $15,906.14C. $15,947.61D. $16,235.42E. $16,289.54Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ANNUITY DUE PAYMENTS AND PRESENT VALUEType: PROBLEMS50. Your great-aunt left you an inheritance in the form of a trust. The trust agreement states that you are to receive $2,500 on the first day of each year, starting immediately and continuing for fifty years. What is the value of this inheritance today if the applicable discount rate is 6.35%?A. $36,811.30B. $37,557.52C. $39,204.04D. $39,942.42E. $40,006.09Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ANNUITY DUE PAYMENTS AND PRESENT VALUEType: PROBLEMS51. Beatrice invests $1,000 in an account that pays 4% simple interest. How much more could she have earned over a five-year period if the interest had compounded annually?A. $15.45B. $15.97C. $16.65D. $17.09E. $21.67Ending value at 4% simple interest = $1,000 + ($1,000 ⨯ .04 ⨯ 5) = $1,200.00; Ending value at 4% compounded annually = $1,000 ⨯ (1 +.04)5 = $1,216.65;Difference = $1,216.65 - $1,200.00 = $16.65Difficulty level: EasyTopic: SIMPLE VERSUS COMPOUND INTERESTType: PROBLEMS52. Your firm wants to save $250,000 to buy some new equipment three years from now. The plan is to set aside an equal amount of money on the first day of each year starting today. The firm can earn a 4.7% rate of return. How much does the firm have to save each year to achieve its goal?A. $75,966.14B. $76,896.16C. $78,004.67D. $81.414.14E. $83,333.33Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ANNUITY DUE PAYMENTS AND FUTURE VALUEType: PROBLEMS53. Today is January 1. Starting today, Sam is going to contribute $140 on the first of each month to his retirement account. His employer contributes an additional 50% of the amount contributed by Sam. If both Sam and his employer continue to do this and Sam can earn a monthly rate of ½ of 1 percent, how much will he have in his retirement account 35 years from now?A. $199,45.944B. $200,456.74C. $249,981.21D. $299,189.16E. $300,685.11Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ANNUITY DUE PAYMENTS AND FUTURE VALUEType: PROBLEMS54. You are considering an annuity which costs $100,000 today. The annuity pays $6,000 a year. The rate of return is 4.5%. What is the length of the annuity time period?A. 24.96 yearsB. 29.48 yearsC. 31.49 yearsD. 33.08 yearsE. 38.00 yearsDifficulty level: MediumTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY TIME PERIODS AND PRESENT VALUEType: PROBLEMS55. Today, you signed loan papers agreeing to borrow $4,954.85 at 9% compounded monthly. The loan payment is $143.84 a month. How many loan payments must you make before the loan is paid in full?A. 29.89B. 36.00C. 38.88D. 40.00E. 41.03Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY TIME PERIODS AND PRESENT VALUEType: PROBLEMS56. Winston Enterprises would like to buy some additional land and build a new factory. The anticipated total cost is $136 million. The owner of the firm is quite conservative and will only do this when the company has sufficient funds to pay cash for the entire expansion project. Management has decided to save $450,000 a month for this purpose. The firm earns 6% compounded monthly on the funds it saves. How long does the company have to wait before expanding its operations?A. 184.61 monthsB. 199.97 monthsC. 234.34 monthsD. 284.61 monthsE. 299.97 monthsDifficulty level: MediumTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY TIME PERIODS AND FUTURE VALUEType: PROBLEMS57. Today, you are retiring. You have a total of $413,926 in your retirement savings and have the funds invested such that you expect to earn an average of 3%, compounded monthly, on this money throughout your retirement years. You want to withdraw $2,500 at the beginning of every month, starting today. How long will it be until you run out of money?A. 185.00 monthsB. 213.29 monthsC. 227.08 monthsD. 236.84 monthsE. 249.69 monthsDifficulty level: MediumTopic: ANNUITY DUE TIME PERIODS AND PRESENT VALUEType: PROBLEMS58. The Bad Guys Co. is notoriously known as a slow-payer. It currently needs to borrow $25,000 and only one company will even deal with Bad Guys. The terms of the loan call for daily payments of $30.76. The first payment is due today. The interest rate is 21% compounded daily. What is the time period of this loan?A. 2.88 yearsB. 2.94 yearsC. 3.00 yearsD. 3.13 yearsE. 3.25 yearsDifficulty level: MediumTopic: ANNUITY DUE TIME PERIODSType: PROBLEMS59. The Robertson Firm is considering a project which costs $123,900 to undertake. The project will yield cash flows of $4,894.35 monthly for 30 months. What is the rate of return on this project?A. 12.53%B. 13.44%C. 13.59%D. 14.02%E. 14.59%This can not be solved directly, so it's easiest to just use the calculator method to get an answer. You can then use the calculator answer as the rate in the formula just to verify that your answer is correct.Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY INTEREST RATEType: PROBLEMS60. Your insurance agent is trying to sell you an annuity that costs $100,000 today. By buying this annuity, your agent promises that you will receive payments of $384.40 a month for the next 40 years. What is the rate of return on this investment?A. 3.45%B. 3.47%C. 3.50%D. 3.52%E. 3.55%This can not be solved directly, so it's easiest to just use the calculator method to get an answer. You can then use the calculator answer as the rate in the formula just to verify that you answer is correct.Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY INTEREST RATEType: PROBLEMS61. You have been investing $120 a month for the last 15 years. Today, your investment account is worth $47,341.19. What is your average rate of return on your investments?A. 9.34%B. 9.37%C. 9.40%D. 9.42%E. 9.46%This can not be solved directly, so it's easiest to just use the calculator method to get an answer. You can then use the calculator answer as the rate in the formula just to verify that you answer is correct.Difficulty level: MediumTopic: ORDINARY ANNUITY INTEREST RATEType: PROBLEMS。
公司理财(英文版)题库7
CHAPTER 7Net Present Value and Other Investment Rules Multiple Choice Questions:I. DEFINITIONSNET PRESENT VALUEa 1. The difference between the present value of an investment and its cost is the:a. net present value.b. internal rate of return.c. payback period.d. profitability index.e. discounted payback period.Difficulty level: EasyNET PRESENT VALUE RULEc 2. Which one of the following statements concerning net present value (NPV) is correct?a. An investment should be accepted if, and only if, the NPV is exactly equal to zero.b. An investment should be accepted only if the NPV is equal to the initial cash flow.c. An investment should be accepted if the NPV is positive and rejected if it is negative.d. An investment with greater cash inflows than cash outflows, regardless of when thecash flows occur, will always have a positive NPV and therefore should always beaccepted.e. Any project that has positive cash flows for every time period after the initialinvestment should be accepted.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKc 3. The length of time required for an investment to generate cash flows sufficient torecover the initial cost of the investment is called the:a. net present value.b. internal rate of return.c. payback period.d. profitability index.e. discounted cash period.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACK RULEa 4. Which one of the following statements is correct concerning the payback period?a. An investment is acceptable if its calculated payback period is less than some pre-specified period of time.b. An investment should be accepted if the payback is positive and rejected if it isnegative.c. An investment should be rejected if the payback is positive and accepted if it isnegative.d. An investment is acceptable if its calculated payback period is greater than some pre-specified period of time.e. An investment should be accepted any time the payback period is less than thediscounted payback period, given a positive discount rate.Difficulty level: EasyDISCOUNTED PAYBACKe 5. The length of time required for a project’s discounted cash flows to equal the initialcost of the project is called the:a. net present value.b. internal rate of return.c. payback period.d. discounted profitability index.e. discounted payback period.Difficulty level: EasyDISCOUNTED PAYBACK RULEd 6. The discounted payback rule states that you should accept projects:a. which have a discounted payback period that is greater than some pre-specified periodof time.b. if the discounted payback is positive and rejected if it is negative.c. only if the discounted payback period equals some pre-specified period of time.d. if the discounted payback period is less than some pre-specified period of time.e. only if the discounted payback period is equal to zero.Difficulty level: EasyAVERAGE ACCOUNTING RETURNc 7. An investment’s average net income divided by its average book value defines theaverage:a. net present value.b. internal rate of return.c. accounting return.d. profitability index.e. payback period.Difficulty level: EasyAVERAGE ACCOUNTING RETURN RULEb 8. An investment is acceptable if its average accounting return (AAR):a. is less than a target AAR.b. exceeds a target AAR.c. exceeds the firm’s return on equity (ROE).d. is less than the firm’s return on assets (ROA).e. is equal to zero and only when it is equal to zero.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNb. 9. The discount rate that makes the net present value of an investment exactly equal tozero is called the:a. external rate of return.b. internal rate of return.c. average accounting return.d. profitability index.e. equalizer.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURN RULEd 10. An investment is acceptable if its IRR:a. is exactly equal to its net present value (NPV).b. is exactly equal to zero.c. is less than the required return.d. exceeds the required return.e. is exactly equal to 100 percent.Difficulty level: EasyMULTIPLE RATES OF RETURNe 11. The possibility that more than one discount rate will make the NPV of an investmentequal to zero is called the _____ problem.a. net present value profilingb. operational ambiguityc. mutually exclusive investment decisiond. issues of scalee. multiple rates of returnDifficulty level: MediumMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSc 12. A situation in which accepting one investment prevents the acceptance of anotherinvestment is called the:a. net present value profile.b. operational ambiguity decision.c. mutually exclusive investment decision.d. issues of scale problem.e. multiple choices of operations decision.Difficulty level: EasyPROFITABILITY INDEXd. 13. The present value of an investment’s future cash flows divided by the initial cost of theinvestment is called the:a. net present value.b. internal rate of return.c. average accounting return.d. profitability index.e. profile period.Difficulty level: EasyPROFITABILITY INDEX RULEa 14. An investment is acceptable if the profitability index (PI) of the investment is:a. greater than one.b. less than one.c. greater than the internal rate of return (IRR).d. less than the net present value (NPV).e. greater than a pre-specified rate of return.Difficulty level: EasyII. CONCEPTSNET PRESENT VALUEd 15. All else constant, the net present value of a project increases when:a. the discount rate increases.b. each cash inflow is delayed by one year.c. the initial cost of a project increases.d. the rate of return decreases.e. all cash inflows occur during the last year of a project’s life instead ofperiodically throughout the life of the project.Difficulty level: EasyNET PRESENT VALUEa 16. The primary reason that company projects with positive net present values areconsidered acceptable is that:a. they create value for the owners of the firm.b. the project’s rate of return exceeds the rate of inflation.c. they return the initial cash outlay within three years or less.d. the required cash inflows exceed the actual cash inflows.e. the investment’s cost exceeds the present value of the cash inflows.Difficulty level: EasyNET PRESENT VALUEd 17. If a project has a net present value equal to zero, then:I. the present value of the cash inflows exceeds the initial cost of the project.II. the project produces a rate of return that just equals the rate required to accept the project.III. the project is expected to produce only the minimally required cash inflows.IV. any delay in receiving the projected cash inflows will cause the project to have a negative net present value.a. II and III onlyb. II and IV onlyc. I, II, and IV onlyd. II, III, and IV onlye. I, II, and III onlyDifficulty level: MediumNET PRESENT VALUEb 18. Net present value:a. cannot be used when deciding between two mutually exclusive projects.b. is more useful to decision makers than the internal rate of return when comparingdifferent sized projects.c. is easy to explain to non-financial managers and thus is the primary method of analysisused by the lowest levels of management.d. is not an as widely used tool as payback and discounted paybacke. is very similar in its methodology to the average accounting return.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKc 19. Payback is frequently used to analyze independent projects because:a. it considers the time value of money.b. all relevant cash flows are included in the analysis.c. it is easy and quick to calculate.d. it is the most desirable of all the available analytical methods from a financialperspective.e. it produces better decisions than those made using either NPV or IRR.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKc 20. The advantages of the payback method of project analysis include the:I. application of a discount rate to each separate cash flow.II. bias towards liquidity.III. ease of use.IV. arbitrary cutoff point.a. I and II onlyb. I and III onlyc. II and III onlye. II, III, and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumPAYBACKd 21. All else equal, the payback period for a project will decrease whenever the:a. initial cost increases.b. required return for a project increases.c. assigned discount rate decreases.d. cash inflows are moved forward in time.e. duration of a project is lengthened.Difficulty level: MediumDISCOUNTED PAYBACKd 22. The discounted payback period of a project will decrease whenever the:a. discount rate applied to the project is increased.b. initial cash outlay of the project is increased.c. time period of the project is increased.d. amount of each project cash flow is increased.e. costs of the fixed assets utilized in the project increase.Difficulty level: MediumDISCOUNTED PAYBACKa 23. The discounted payback rule may cause:a. some positive net present value projects to be rejected.b. the most liquid projects to be rejected in favor of less liquid projects.c. projects to be incorrectly accepted due to ignoring the time value of money.d. projects with negative net present values to be accepted.e. some projects to be accepted which would otherwise be rejected under the paybackrule.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNb 24. The internal rate of return (IRR):I. rule states that a project with an IRR that is less than the required rate should beaccepted.II. is the rate generated solely by the cash flows of an investment.III. is the rate that causes the net present value of a project to exactly equal zero.IV. can effectively be used to analyze all investment scenarios.a. I and IV onlyb. II and III onlyc. I, II, and III onlyd. II, III, and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNa 25. The internal rate of return for a project will increase if:a. the initial cost of the project can be reduced.b. the total amount of the cash inflows is reduced.c. each cash inflow is moved such that it occurs one year later than originally projected.d. the required rate of return is reduced.e. the salvage value of the project is omitted from the analysis.Difficulty level: MediumINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNc 26. The internal rate of return is:a. more reliable as a decision making tool than net present value whenever you areconsidering mutually exclusive projects.b. equivalent to the discount rate that makes the net present value equal to one.c. difficult to compute without the use of either a financial calculator or a computer.d. dependent upon the interest rates offered in the marketplace.e. a better methodology than net present value when dealing with unconventional cashflows.Difficulty level: MediumINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNa 27. The internal rate of return tends to be:a. easier for managers to comprehend than the net present value.b. extremely accurate even when cash flow estimates are faulty.c. ignored by most financial analysts.d. used primarily to differentiate between mutually exclusive projects.e. utilized in project analysis only when multiple net present values apply.Difficulty level: EasyINCREMENTAL INTERNAL RATE OF RETURNe 28. You are trying to determine whether to accept project A or project B. These projectsare mutually exclusive. As part of your analysis, you should compute the incrementedIRR by determining:a. the internal rate of return for the cash flows of each project.b. the net present value of each project using the internal rate of return as the discountrate.c. the discount rate that equates the discounted payback periods for each project.d. the discount rate that makes the net present value of each project equal to 1.e. the internal rate of return for the differences in the cash flows of the two projects.Difficulty level: MediumINCREMENTAL INTERNAL RATE OF RETURNb 29. Graphing the incremental IRR helps explain:a. why one project is always superior to another project.b. how decisions concerning mutually exclusive projects are derived.c. how the duration of a project affects the decision as to which project to accept.d. how the net present value and the initial cash outflow of a project are related.e. how the profitability index and the net present value are related.Difficulty level: MediumPROFITABILITY INDEXd 30. The profitability index is closely related to:a. payback.b. discounted payback.c. the average accounting return.d. net present value.e. mutually exclusive projects.Difficulty level: EasyPROFITABILITY INDEXb 31. Analysis using the profitability index:a. frequently conflicts with the accept and reject decisions generated by the application ofthe net present value rule.b. is useful as a decision tool when investment funds are limited.c. is useful when trying to determine which one of two mutually exclusive projectsshould be accepted.d. utilizes the same basic variables as those used in the average accounting return.e. produces results which typically are difficult to comprehend or apply.Difficulty level: MediumPROFITABILITY INDEXe 32. If you want to review a project from a benefit-cost perspective, you should use the_____ method of analysis.a. net present valueb. paybackc. internal rate of returnd. average accounting returne. profitability indexDifficulty level: EasyPROFITABILITY INDEXb 33. When the present value of the cash inflows exceeds the initial cost of a project, thenthe project should be:a. accepted because the internal rate of return is positive.b. accepted because the profitability index is greater than 1.c. accepted because the profitability index is negative.d. rejected because the internal rate of return is negative.e. rejected because the net present value is negative.Difficulty level: EasyMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSc 34. Which one of the following is the best example of two mutually exclusive projects?a. planning to build a warehouse and a retail outlet side by sideb. buying sufficient equipment to manufacture both desks and chairs simultaneouslyc. using an empty warehouse for storage or renting it entirely out to another firmd. using the company sales force to promote sales of both shoes and sockse. buying both inventory and fixed assets using funds from the same bond issueDifficulty level: MediumMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSd 35. The Liberty Co. is considering two projects. Project A consists of building a wholesalebook outlet on lot #169 of the Englewood Retail Center. Project B consists of buildinga sit-down restaurant on lot #169 of the Englewood Retail Center. When trying todecide whether or build the book outlet or the restaurant, management should relymost heavily on the analysis results from the _____ method of analysis.a. profitability indexb. internal rate of returnc. paybackd. net present valuee. accounting rate of returnDifficulty level: MediumMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSc 36. When two projects both require the total use of the same limited economic resource,the projects are generally considered to be:a. independent.b. marginally profitable.c. mutually exclusive.d. acceptable.e. internally profitable.Difficulty level: EasyMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSc 37. Matt is analyzing two mutually exclusive projects of similar size and has prepared thefollowing data. Both projects have 5 year lives.Project A Project B Net present value $15,090 $14,693Payback period 2.76 years 2.51 yearsAverage accounting return 9.3 percent 9.6 percentRequired return 8.3 percent 8.0 percentRequired AAR 9.0 percent 9.0 percentMatt has been asked for his best recommendation given this information. Hisrecommendation should be to accept:a. project B because it has the shortest payback period.b. both projects as they both have positive net present values.c. project A and reject project B based on their net present values.d. project B and reject project A based on their average accounting returns.e. project B and reject project A based on both the payback period and the averageaccounting return.Difficulty level: MediumINVESTMENT ANALYSISa 38. Given that the net present value (NPV) is generally considered to be the best methodof analysis, why should you still use the other methods?a. The other methods help validate whether or not the results from the net present valueanalysis are reliable.b. You need to use the other methods since conventional practice dictates that you onlyaccept projects after you have generated three accept indicators.c. You need to use other methods because the net present value method is unreliablewhen a project has unconventional cash flows.d. The average accounting return must always indicate acceptance since this is the bestmethod from a financial perspective.e. The discounted payback method must always be computed to determine if a projectreturns a positive cash flow since NPV does not measure this aspect of a project.Difficulty level: MediumINVESTMENT ANALYSISe 39. In actual practice, managers frequently use the:I. AAR because the information is so readily available.II. IRR because the results are easy to communicate and understand.III. payback because of its simplicity.IV. net present value because it is considered by many to be the best method of analysis.a. I and III onlyb. II and III onlyc. I, III, and IV onlyd. II, III, and IV onlye. I, II, III, and IVDifficulty level: MediumINVESTMENT ANALYSISa 40. No matter how many forms of investment analysis you do:a. the actual results from a project may vary significantly from the expected results.b. the internal rate of return will always produce the most reliable results.c. a project will never be accepted unless the payback period is met.d. the initial costs will generally vary considerably from the estimated costs.e. only the first three years of a project ever affect its final outcome.Difficulty level: EasyINVESTMENT ANALYSISb 41. Which of the following methods of project analysis are biased towards short-termprojects?I. internal rate of returnII. accounting rate of returnIII. paybackIV. discounted paybacka. I and II onlyb. III and IV onlyc. II and III onlyd. I and IV onlye. II and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumINVESTMENT ANALYSISa 42. If a project is assigned a required rate of return equal to zero, then:a. the timing of the project’s cash flows has no bearing on the value of the project.b. the project will always be accepted.c. the project will always be rejected.d. whether the project is accepted or rejected will depend on the timing of the cash flows.e. the project can never add value for the shareholders.Difficulty level: MediumDECISION RULESe 43. You are considering a project with the following data:Internal rate of return 8.7 percentProfitability ratio .98Net present value -$393Payback period 2.44 yearsRequired return 9.5 percentWhich one of the following is correct given this information?a. The discount rate used in computing the net present value must have been less than 8.7percent.b. The discounted payback period will have to be less than 2.44 years.c. The discount rate used to compute the profitability ratio was equal to the internal rateof return.d. This project should be accepted based on the profitability ratio.e. This project should be rejected based on the internal rate of return.Difficulty level: MediumNET PRESENT VALUEc 44. Accepting positive NPV projects benefits the stockholders because:a. it is the most easily understood valuation process.b. the present value of the expected cash flows are equal to the cost.c. the present value of the expected cash flows are greater than the cost.d. it is the most easily calculated.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyNET PRESENT VALUEa 45. Which of the following does not characterize NPV?a. NPV does not incorporate risk into the analysis.b. NPV incorporates all relevant information.c. NPV uses all of the project's cash flows.d. NPV discounts all future cash flows.e. Using NPV will lead to decisions that maximize shareholder wealth.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKe 46. The payback period rule:a. discounts cash flows.b. ignores initial cost.c. always uses all possible cash flows in its calculation.d. Both A and C.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKc 47. The payback period rule accepts all investment projects in which the payback period forthe cash flows is:a. equal to the cutoff point.b. greater than the cutoff point.c. less than the cutoff point.d. positive.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKd 48. The payback period rule is a convenient and useful tool because:a. it provides a quick estimate of how rapidly the initial investment will be recouped.b. results of a short payback rule decision will be quickly seen.c. it does not take into account time value of money.d. All of the above.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyDISCOUNTED PAYBACKa 49. The discounted payback period rule:a. considers the time value of money.b. discounts the cutoff point.c. ignores uncertain cash flows.d. is preferred to the NPV rule.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKc 50. The payback period rule:a. determines a cutoff point so that all projects accepted by the NPV rule will be acceptedby the payback period rule.b. determines a cutoff point so that depreciation is just equal to positive cash flows in thepayback year.c. requires an arbitrary choice of a cutoff point.d. varies the cutoff point with the interest rate.e. Both A and D.Difficulty level: EasyAVERAGE ACCOUNTING RETURNc 51. The average accounting return is determined by:a. dividing the yearly cash flows by the investment.b. dividing the average cash flows by the investment.c. dividing the average net income by the average investment.d. dividing the average net income by the initial investment.e. dividing the net income by the cash flow.Difficulty level: EasyAVERAGE ACCOUNTING RETURNb 52. The investment decision rule that relates average net income to average investment isthe:a. discounted cash flow method.b. average accounting return method.c. average payback method.d. average profitability index.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyMODIFIED INTERNAL RATE OF RETURNd 53. Modified internal rate of return:a. handles the multiple IRR problem by combining cash flows until only one change insign change remains.b. requires the use of a discount rate.c. does not require the use of a discount rate.d. Both A and B.e. Both A and C.Difficulty level: MediumAVERAGE ACCOUNTING RETURNd 54. The shortcoming(s) of the average accounting return (AAR) method is (are):a. the use of net income instead of cash flows.b. the pattern of income flows has no impact on the AAR.c. there is no clear-cut decision rule.d. All of the above.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: MediumINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNe 55. The two fatal flaws of the internal rate of return rule are:a. arbitrary determination of a discount rate and failure to consider initial expenditures.b. arbitrary determination of a discount rate and failure to correctly analyze mutuallyexclusive investment projects.c. arbitrary determination of a discount rate and the multiple rate of return problem.d. failure to consider initial expenditures and failure to correctly analyze mutuallyexclusive investment projects.e. failure to correctly analyze mutually exclusive investment projects and the multiple rateof return problem.Difficulty level: MediumMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSd 56. A mutually exclusive project is a project whose:a. acceptance or rejection has no effect on other projects.b. NPV is always negative.c. IRR is always negative.d. acceptance or rejection affects other projects.e. cash flow pattern exhibits more than one sign change.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNd 57. A project will have more than one IRR if:a. the IRR is positive.b. the IRR is negative.c. the NPV is zero.d. the cash flow pattern exhibits more than one sign change.e. the cash flow pattern exhibits exactly one sign change.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURN RULESb 58. Using internal rate of return, a conventional project should be accepted if the internalrate of return is:a. equal to the discount rate.b. greater than the discount rate.c. less than the discount rate.d. negative.e. positive.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNa 59. The internal rate of return may be defined as:a. the discount rate that makes the NPV cash flows equal to zero.b. the difference between the market rate of interest and the NPV.c. the market rate of interest less the risk-free rate.d. the project acceptance rate set by management.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: MediumMULTIPLE INTERNAL RATE OF RETURNSd 60. The problem of multiple IRRs can occur when:a. there is only one sign change in the cash flows.b. the first cash flow is always positive.c. the cash flows decline over the life of the project.d. there is more than one sign change in the cash flows.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyTIMING AND SCALE ISSUES WITH INTERNAL RATE OF RETURNb 61. The elements that cause problems with the use of the IRR in projects that are mutuallyexclusive are:a. the discount rate and scale problems.b. timing and scale problems.c. the discount rate and timing problems.d. scale and reversing flow problems.e. timing and reversing flow problems.Difficulty level: MediumNET PRESENT VALUE DECISIONc 62. If there is a conflict between mutually exclusive projects due to the IRR, one should:a. drop the two projects immediately.b. spend more money on gathering information.c. depend on the NPV as it will always provide the most value.d. depend on the AAR because it does not suffer from these same problems.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: MediumPROFITABILITY INDEXe 63. The profitability index is the ratio of:a. average net income to average investment.b. internal rate of return to current market interest rate.c. net present value of cash flows to internal rate of return.d. net present value of cash flows to average accounting return.e. present value of cash flows to initial investment cost.Difficulty level: EasyINVESTMENT DECISION RULESa 64. Which of the following statement is true?a. One must know the discount rate to compute the NPV of a project but one can computethe IRR without referring to the discount rate.b. One must know the discount rate to compute the IRR of a project but one can computethe NPV without referring to the discount rate.c. Payback accounts for time value of money.d. There will always be one IRR regardless of cash flows.e. Average accounting return is the ratio of total assets to total net income.Difficulty level: MediumCAPITAL BUDGETING PRACTICE。
公司理财(英文版)题库8
CHAPTER 8Making Capital Investment Decisions I. DEFINITIONSINCREMENTAL CASH FLOWSa 1. The changes in a firm’s future cash flows that are a direct consequence of accepting a project arecalled _____ cash flows.a. incrementalb. stand-alonec. after-taxd. net present valuee. erosionDifficulty level: EasyEQUIVALENT ANNUAL COSTe 2. The annual annuity stream of payments with the same present value as a project’s costs is called theproject’s _____ cost.a. incrementalb. sunkc. opportunityd. erosione. equivalent annualDifficulty level: EasySUNK COSTSc 3. A cost that has already been paid, or the liability to pay has already been incurred, is a(n):a. salvage value expense.b. net working capital expense.c. sunk cost.d. opportunity cost.e. erosion cost.Difficulty level: EasyOPPORTUNITY COSTSd 4. The most valuable investment given up if an alternative investment is chosen is a(n):a. salvage value expense.b. net working capital expense.c. sunk cost.d. opportunity cost.e. erosion cost.Difficulty level: EasyEROSION COSTSe 5. The cash flows of a new project that come at the expense of a firm’s existing projects are called:a. salvage value expenses.b. net working capital expenses.e. erosion costs.Difficulty level: EasyPRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTSa 6. A pro forma financial statement is one that:a. projects future years’ operations.b. is expressed as a percentage of the total assets of the firm.c. is expressed as a percentage of the total sales of the firm.d. is expressed relative to a chosen base year’s financial statement.e. reflects the past and current operations of the firm.Difficulty level: EasyMACRS DEPRECIATIONb 7. The depreciation method currently allowed under US tax law governing the accelerated write-off ofproperty under various lifetime classifications is called _____ depreciation.a. FIFOb. MACRSc. straight-lined. sum-of-years digitse. curvilinearDifficulty level: EasyDEPRECIATION TAX SHIELDc 8. The cash flow tax savings generated as a result of a firm’s tax-deductible depreciation expense iscalled the:a. after-tax depreciation savings.b. depreciable basis.c. depreciation tax shield.d. operating cash flow.e. after-tax salvage value.Difficulty level: EasyCASH FLOWd 9. The cash flow from projects for a company is computed as the:a. net operating cash flow generated by the project, less any sunk costs and erosion costs.b. sum of the incremental operating cash flow and after-tax salvage value of the project.c. net income generated by the project, plus the annual depreciation expense.d. sum of the incremental operating cash flow, capital spending, and net working capital expensesincurred by the project.e. sum of the sunk costs, opportunity costs, and erosion costs of the project.Difficulty level: MediumII. CONCEPTSPRO FORMA INCOME STATEMENTb 10. The pro forma income statement for a cost reduction project:a. will reflect a reduction in the sales of the firm.b. will generally reflect no incremental sales.d. cannot be prepared due to the lack of any project related sales.e. will always reflect a negative project operating cash flow.Difficulty level: EasyINCREMENTAL CASH FLOWb 11. One purpose of identifying all of the incremental cash flows related to a proposedproject is to:a. isolate the total sunk costs so they can be evaluated to determine if the project willadd value to the firm.b. eliminate any cost which has previously been incurred so that it can be omitted fromthe analysis of the project.c. make each project appear as profitable as possible for the firm.d. include both the proposed and the current operations of a firm in the analysis of theproject.e. identify any and all changes in the cash flows of the firm for the past year so they canbe included in the analysis.Difficulty level: MediumINCREMENTAL CASH FLOWe 12. Which of the following are examples of an incremental cash flow?I. an increase in accounts receivableII. a decrease in net working capitalIII. an increase in taxesIV. a decrease in the cost of goods solda. I and III onlyb. III and IV onlyc. I and IV onlyd. I, III, and IV onlye. I, II, III, and IVDifficulty level: MediumINCREMENTAL CASH FLOWc 13. Which one of the following is an example of an incremental cash flow?a. the annual salary of the company president which is a contractual obligationb. the rent on a warehouse which is currently being utilizedc. the rent on some new machinery that is required for an upcoming projectd. the property taxes on the currently owned warehouse which has been sitting idle butis going to be utilized for a new projecte. the insurance on a company-owned building which will be utilized for a new projectDifficulty level: MediumINCREMENTAL COSTSd 14. Project analysis is focused on _____ costs.a. sunkb. totalc. variabled. incrementale. fixedSUNK COSTc 15. Sunk costs include any cost that:a. will change if a project is undertaken.b. will be incurred if a project is accepted.c. has previously been incurred and cannot be changed.d. is paid to a third party and cannot be refunded for any reason whatsoever.e. will occur if a project is accepted and once incurred, cannot be recouped.Difficulty level: EasySUNK COSTd 16. You spent $500 last week fixing the transmission in your car. Now, the brakes areacting up and you are trying to decide whether to fix them or trade the car in for anewer model. In analyzing the brake situation, the $500 you spent fixing thetransmission is a(n) _____ cost.a. opportunityb. fixedc. incrementald. sunke. relevantDifficulty level: EasyEROSIONb 17. Erosion can be explained as the:a. additional income generated from the sales of a newly added product.b. loss of current sales due to a new project being implemented.c. loss of revenue due to employee theft.d. loss of revenue due to customer theft.e. loss of cash due to the expenses required to fix a parking lot after a heavy rain storm.Difficulty level: EasyEROSIONa 18. Which of the following are examples of erosion?I. the loss of sales due to increased competition in the product marketII. the loss of sales because your chief competitor just opened a store across the street from your storeIII. the loss of sales due to a new product which you recently introducedIV. the loss of sales due to a new product recently introduced by your competitora. III onlyb. III and IV onlyc. I, III and IV onlyd. II and IV onlye. I, II, III, and IVDifficulty level: MediumTYPES OF COSTSd 19. Which of the following should be included in the analysis of a project?I. sunk costsII. opportunity costsIV. incremental costsa. I and II onlyb. III and IV onlyc. II and IV onlyd. II, III, and IV onlye. I, II, and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumNET WORKING CAPITALd 20. All of the following are anticipated effects of a proposed project. Which of theseshould be included in the initial project cash flow related to net working capital?I. an inventory decrease of $5,000II. an increase in accounts receivable of $1,500III. an increase in fixed assets of $7,600IV. a decrease in accounts payable of $2,100a. I and II onlyb. I and III onlyc. II and IV onlyd. I, II, and IV onlye. I, II, III, and IVDifficulty level: MediumNET WORKING CAPITALa 21. Changes in the net working capital:a. can affect the cash flows of a project every year of the project’s life.b. only affect the initial cash flows of a project.c. are included in project analysis only if they represent cash outflows.d. are generally excluded from project analysis due to their irrelevance to the totalproject.e. affect the initial and the final cash flows of a project but not the cash flows of themiddle years.Difficulty level: MediumNET WORKING CAPITALc 22. Which one of the following will decrease net working capital of a firm?a. a decrease in accounts payableb. an increase in inventoryc. a decrease in accounts receivabled. an increase in the firm’s checking account balancee. a decrease in fixed assetsDifficulty level: EasyNET WORKING CAPITALd 23. Net working capital:a. can be ignored in project analysis because any expenditure is normally recouped by theend of the project.b. requirements generally, but not always, create a cash inflow at the beginning of aproject.c. expenditures commonly occur at the end of a project.e. is the only expenditure where at least a partial recovery can be made at the end of aproject.Difficulty level: EasyMACRSd 24. A company which uses the MACRS system of depreciation:a. will have equal depreciation costs each year of an asset’s life.b. will expense the cost of nonresidential real estate over a period of 7 years.c. can depreciate the cost of land, if they so desire.d. will write off the entire cost of an asset over the asset’s class life.e. cannot expense any of the cost of a new asset during the first year of the asset’s life.Difficulty level: EasyMACRSa 25. Bet ‘r Bilt Toys just purchased some MACRS 5-year property at a cost of $230,000.Which of the following will correctly give you the book value of this equipment at theend of year 2?MACRS 5-year propertyYear Rate1 20.00%2 32.00%3 19.20%4 11.52%5 11.52%6 5.76%I. 52% of the asset costII. 48% of the asset costIII. 68% of 80% of the asset costIV. the asset cost, minus 20% of the asset cost, minus 32% of 80% of the asset costa. II onlyb. III and IV onlyc. I and III onlyd. II and IV onlye. I, II, III, and IVDifficulty level: EasyMACRSe 26. Will Do, Inc. just purchased some equipment at a cost of $650,000. What is theproper methodology for computing the depreciation expense for year 3 if theequipment is classified as 5-year property for MACRS?MACRS 5-year propertyYear Rate1 20.00%2 32.00%3 19.20%4 11.52%5 11.52%6 5.76%b. $650,000 ⨯ (1-.20) ⨯ (1-.32)c. $650,000 ⨯ (1+.20) ⨯ (1+.32) ⨯ (1+.192)d. $650,000 ⨯ (1-.192)e. $650,000 ⨯ .192Difficulty level: MediumBOOK VALUEd 27. The book value of an asset is primarily used to compute the:a. annual depreciation tax shield.b. amount of cash received from the sale of an asset.c. amount of tax saved annually due to the depreciation expense.d. amount of tax due on the sale of an asset.e. change in depreciation needed to reflect the market value of the asset.Difficulty level: EasySALVAGE VALUEc 28. The salvage value of an asset creates an after-tax cash inflow to the firm in an amountequal to the:a. sales price of the asset.b. sales price minus the book value.c. sales price minus the tax due based on the sales price minus the book value.d. sales price plus the tax due based on the sales price minus the book value.e. sales price plus the tax due based on the book value minus the sales price.Difficulty level: EasySALVAGE VALUEe 29. The pre-tax salvage value of an asset is equal to the:a. book value if straight-line depreciation is used.b. book value if MACRS depreciation is used.c. market value minus the book value.d. book value minus the market value.e. market value.Difficulty level: EasyPROJECT OCFa 30. A project’s operating cash flow will increase when:a. the depreciation expense increases.b. the sales projections are lowered.c. the interest expense is lowered.d. the net working capital requirement increases.e. the earnings before interest and taxes decreases.Difficulty level: EasyPROJECT CASH FLOWSc 31. The cash flows of a project should:a. be computed on a pre-tax basis.c. include all incremental costs, including opportunity costs.d. be applied to the year when the related expense or income is recognized by GAAP.e. include all financing costs related to new debt acquired to finance the project.Difficulty level: EasyPROJECT OCFa 32. Which of the following are correct methods for computing the operating cash flow ofa project assuming that the interest expense is equal to zero?I. EBIT + Depreciation - TaxesII. EBIT + Depreciation + TaxesIII. Net Income + DepreciationIV. (Sales – Costs) ⨯ (Taxes + Depreciation) ⨯ (1-Taxes)a. I and III onlyb. II and IV onlyc. II and III onlyd. I, III, and IV onlye. II, III, and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumBOTTOM-UP OCFb 33. The bottom-up approach to computing the operating cash flow applies only when:a. both the depreciation expense and the interest expense are equal to zero.b. the interest expense is equal to zero.c. the project is a cost-cutting project.d. no fixed assets are required for the project.e. taxes are ignored and the interest expense is equal to zero.Difficulty level: MediumTOP-DOWN OCFa 34. The top-down approach to computing the operating cash flow:a. ignores all noncash items.b. applies only if a project produces sales.c. can only be used if the entire cash flows of a firm are included.d. is equal to sales - costs - taxes + depreciation.e. includes the interest expense related to a project.Difficulty level: MediumTAX SHIELDd 35. An increase in which one of the following will increase the operating cash flow? a.employee salariesb. office rentc. building maintenanced. equipment depreciatione. equipment rentalDifficulty level: EasyTAX SHIELDc 36. Tax shield refers to a reduction in taxes created by:b. an increase in interest expense.c. noncash expenses.d. a project’s incremental expenses.e. opportunity costs.Difficulty level: EasyCOST-CUTTINGc 37. A project which is designed to improve the manufacturing efficiency of a firm but willgenerate no additional sales is referred to as a(n) _____ project.a. sunk costb. opportunityc. cost-cuttingd. revenue-cuttinge. revenue-generatingDifficulty level: EasyEQUIVALENT ANNUAL COSTc 38. Toni’s Tools is comparing machines to determine which one to purchase. Themachines sell for differing prices, have differing operating costs, differing machinelives, and will be replaced when worn out. These machines should be compared using:a. net present value only.b. both net present value and the internal rate of return.c. their effective annual costs.d. the depreciation tax shield approach.e. the replacement parts approach.Difficulty level: MediumEQUIVALENT ANNUAL COSTe 39. The equivalent annual cost method is useful in determining:a. the annual operating cost of a machine if the annual maintenance is performed versuswhen the maintenance is not performed as recommended.b. the tax shield benefits of depreciation given the purchase of new assets for a project.c. operating cash flows for cost-cutting projects of equal duration.d. which one of two machines to acquire given equal machine lives but unequal machinecosts.e. which one of two machines to purchase when the machines are mutually exclusive,have different machine lives, and will be replaced once they are worn out.Difficulty level: MediumIII. PROBLEMSRELEVANT CASH FLOWSd 40. Marshall’s & Co. purchased a corner lot in Eglon City five y ears ago at a cost of$640,000. The lot was recently appraised at $810,000. At the time of the purchase, thecompany spent $50,000 to grade the lot and another $4,000 to build a small buildingon the lot to house a parking lot attendant who has overseen the use of the lot for dailycommuter parking. The company now wants to build a new retail store on the site. Thebuilding cost is estimated at $1.2 million. What amount should be used as the initialcash flow for this building project?b. $1,840,000c. $1,890,000d. $2,010,000e. $2,060,000Difficulty level: MediumRELEVANT CASH FLOWSe 41. Jamestown Ltd. currently produces boat sails and is considering expanding itsoperations to include awnings for homes and travel trailers. The company owns landbeside its current manufacturing facility that could be used for the expansion. Thecompany bought this land ten years ago at a cost of $250,000. Today, the land isvalued at $425,000. The grading and excavation work necessary to build on the landwill cost $15,000. The company currently has some unused equipment which itcurrently owns valued at $60,000. This equipment could be used for producingawnings if $5,000 is spent for equipment modifications. Other equipment costing$780,000 will also be required. What is the amount of the initial cash flow for thisexpansion project?a. $800,000b. $1,050,000c. $1,110,000d. $1,225,000e. $1,285,000Difficulty level: MediumRELEVANT CASH FLOWSb 42. Wilbert’s, Inc. paid $90,000, in cash, for a piece of equipment three years ago. Lastyear, the company spent $10,000 to update the equipment with the latest technology.The company no longer uses this equipment in their current operations and hasreceived an offer of $50,000 from a firm who would like to purchase it. Wilbert’s isdebating whether to sell the equipment or to expand their operations such that theequipment can be used. When evaluating the expansion option, what value, if any,should Wilbert’s assign to this equipment as an initial cost of the project?a. $40,000b. $50,000c. $60,000d. $80,000e. $90,000Difficulty level: EasyRELEVANT CASH FLOWSa 43. Walks Softly, Inc. sells customized shoes. Currently, they sell 10,000 pairs of shoesannually at an average price of $68 a pair. They are considering adding a lower-pricedline of shoes which sell for $49 a pair. Walks Softly estimates they can sell 5,000 pairsof the lower-priced shoes but will sell 1,000 less pairs of the higher-priced shoes bydoing so. What is the amount of the sales that should be used when evaluating theaddition of the lower-priced shoes?a. $177,000b. $245,000c. $313,000d. $789,000Difficulty level: MediumOPPORTUNITY COSTc 44. Your firm purchased a warehouse for $335,000 six years ago. Four years ago, repairswere made to the building which cost $60,000. The annual taxes on the property are$20,000. The warehouse has a current book value of $268,000 and a market value of $295,000. The warehouse is totally paid for and solely owned by your firm. If the company decides to assign this warehouse to a new project, what value, if any, shouldbe included in the initial cash flow of the project for this building?a. $0b. $268,000c. $295,000d. $395,000e. $515,000Difficulty level: EasyOPPORTUNITY COSTd 45. You own a house that you rent for $1,200 a month. The maintenance expenses onthe house average $200 a month. The house cost $89,000 when you purchased itseveral years ago. A recent appraisal on the house valued it at $210,000. The annualproperty taxes are $5,000. If you sell the house you will incur $20,000 in expenses.You are deciding whether to sell the house or convert it for your own use as aprofessional office. What value should you place on this house when analyzing the option of using it as a professional office?a. $89,000b. $120,000c. $185,000d. $190,000e. $210,000Difficulty level: MediumOPPORTUNITY COSTc 46. Big Joe’s owns a manufacturing facility that is currently sitting idle. The facility islocated on a piece of land that originally cost $129,000. The facility itself cost$650,000 to build. As of now, the book value of the land and the facility are $129,000and $186,500, respectively. Big Joe’s received an offer of $590,000 for the land andfacility last week. They rejected this offer even though they were told that it is areasonable offer in today’s market. If Big Joe’s were to consider using this land andfacility in a new project, what cost, if any, should they include in the project analysis?a. $0b. $315,500c. $590,000d. $650,000e. $779,000Difficulty level: EasyEROSION COSTb 47. Jamie’s Motor Home Sales currently sells 1,000 Class A motor homes, 2,500 Class Cmotor homes, and 4,000 pop-up trailers each year. Jamie is considering adding a mid-range camper and expects that if she does so she can sell 1,500 of them. However, ifthe new camper is added, Jamie expects that her Class A sales will decline to 950 unitswhile the Class C campers decline to 2,200. The sales of pop-ups will not be affected.Class A motor homes sell for an average of $125,000 each. Class C homes are pricedat $39,500 and the pop-ups sell for $5,000 each. The new mid-range camper will sellfor $47,900. What is the erosion cost?a. $6,250,000b. $18,100,000c. $53,750,000d. $93,150,000e. $118,789,500Difficulty level: MediumOCFe 48. Ernie’s E lectrical is evaluating a project which will increase sales by $50,000 andcosts by $30,000. The project will cost $150,000 and be depreciated straight-line to azero book value over the 10 year life of the project. The applicable tax rate is 34%.What is the operating cash flow for this project?a. $3,300b. $5,000c. $8,300d. $13,300e. $18,300Difficulty level: MediumOCFd 49. Kurt’s Kabinets is looking at a project that will require $80,000 in fixed assets andanother $20,000 in net working capital. The project is expected to produce sales of$110,000 with associated costs of $70,000. The project has a 4-year life. The companyuses straight-line depreciation to a zero book value over the life of the project. The taxrate is 35%. What is the operating cash flow for this project?a. $7,000b. $13,000c. $27,000d. $33,000e. $40,000Difficulty level: MediumBOTTOM-UP OCFc 50. Peter’s Boats has sales of $760,000 and a profit margin of 5%. The annualdepreciation expense is $80,000. What is the amount of the operating cash flow if thecompany has no long-term debt?a. $34,000b. $86,400c. $118,000d. $120,400e. $123,900Difficulty level: MediumBOTTOM-UP OCFd 51. Le Place has sales of $439,000, depreciation of $32,000, and net working capital of$56,000. The firm has a tax rate of 34% and a profit margin of 6%. Thefirm has no interest expense. What is the amount of the operating cash flow?a. $49,384b. $52,616c. $54,980d. $58,340e. $114,340Difficulty level: MediumTOP-DOWN OCFb 52. Ben’s Border Café is considering a project which will produce sales of $16,000 andincrease cash expenses by $10,000. If the project is implemented, taxes will increasefrom $23,000 to $24,500 and depreciation will increase from $4,000 to $5,500. Whatis the amount of the operating cash flow using the top-down approach?a. $4,000b. $4,500c. $6,000d. $7,500e. $8,500Difficulty level: MediumTOP-DOWN OCFc 53. Ronnie’s Coffee House i s considering a project which will produce sales of $6,000and increase cash expenses by $2,500. If the project is implemented, taxes willincrease by $1,300. The additional depreciation expense will be $1,000. An initial cashoutlay of $2,000 is required for net working capital. What is the amount of theoperating cash flow using the top-down approach?a. $200b. $1,500c. $2,200d. $3,500e. $4,200Difficulty level: MediumTAX SHIELD OCFc 54. A project will increase sales by $60,000 and cash expenses by $51,000. The projectwill cost $40,000 and be depreciated using straight-line depreciation to a zero bookvalue over the 4-year life of the project. The company has a marginal tax rate of 35%.What is the operating cash flow of the project using the tax shield approach?a. $5,850b. $8,650c. $9,350d. $9,700e. $10,350Difficulty level: MediumDEPRECIATION TAX SHIELDa 55. A project will increase sales by $140,000 and cash expenses by $95,000. The projectwill cost $100,000 and be depreciated using the straight-line method to a zero bookvalue over the 4-year life of the project. The company has a marginal tax rate of 34%.What is the value of the depreciation tax shield?a. $8,500b. $17,000c. $22,500d. $25,000e. $37,750Difficulty level: MediumMACRS DEPRECIATIONd 56. Sun Lee’s Furniture just purchased some fixed assets classified as 5-year property forMACRS. The assets cost $24,000. What is the amount of the depreciation expense forthe third year?MACRS 5-year propertyYear Rate1 20.00%2 32.00%3 19.20%4 11.52%5 11.52%6 5.76%a. $2,304b. $2,507c. $2,765d. $4,608e. $4,800Difficulty level: EasyMACRS DEPRECIATIONa 57. You just purchased some equipment that is classified as 5-year property for MACRS.The equipment cost $67,600. What will the book value of this equipment be at the endof three years should you decide to resell the equipment at that point in time?MACRS 5-year propertyYear Rate1 20.00%2 32.00%3 19.20%4 11.52%5 11.52%6 5.76%a. $19,468.80b. $20,280.20c. $27,040.00d. $48,131.20e. $48,672.00Difficulty level: MediumMACRS DEPRECIATIONd 58. LiCheng’s Enterprises just purchased some fixed assets that are classified as 3-yearproperty for MACRS. The assets cost $1,900. What is the amount of thedepreciation expense for year 2?MACRS 3-year propertyYear Rate1 33.33%2 44.44%3 14.82%4 7.41%a. $562.93b. $633.27c. $719.67d. $844.36e. $1,477.63Difficulty level: MediumMACRS DEPRECIATIONb 59. RP&A, Inc. purchased some fixed assets four years ago at a cost of $19,800. They nolonger need these assets so are going to sell them today at a price of $3,500. The assetsare classified as 5-year property for MACRS. What is the current book value of theseassets?MACRS 5-year propertyYear Rate1 20.00%2 32.00%3 19.20%4 11.52%5 11.52%6 5.76%a. $1,140.48b. $3,421.44c. $3,500.00d. $4,016.67e. $5,702.40Difficulty level: MediumSALVAGE VALUEa 60. You own some equipment which you purchased three years ago at a cost of $135,000.The equipment is 5-year property for MACRS. You are considering selling theequipment today for $82,500. Which one of the following statements is correct if yourtax rate is 34%?MACRS 5-year propertyYear Rate1 20.00%2 32.00%3 19.20%4 11.52%5 11.52%6 5.76%a. The tax due on the sale is $14,830.80.b. The book value today is $8,478.c. The book value today is $64,320.d. The taxable amount on the sale is $38,880.e. You will receive a tax refund of $13,219.20 as a result of this sale.Difficulty level: MediumSALVAGE VALUEd 61. Ronnie’s Custom Cars purchased some fixed assets two years ago for $39,000. Theassets are classified as 5-year property for MACRS. Ronnie is considering sellingthese assets now so he can buy some newer fixed assets which utilize the latest in technology. Ronnie has been offered $19,000 for his old assets. What is the net cash flow from the salvage value if the tax rate is 34%?MACRS 5-year propertyYear Rate1 20.00%2 32.00%3 19.20%4 11.52%5 11.52%6 5.76%a. $16,358.88b. $17,909.09c. $18,720.00d. $18,904.80e. $19,000.00Difficulty level: MediumSALVAGE VALUEc 62. Winslow, Inc. is considering the purchase of a $225,000 piece of equipment. Theequipment is classified as 5-year MACRS property. The company expects to sell theequipment after four years at a price of $50,000. What is the after-tax cash flow fromthis sale if the tax rate is 35%?MACRS 5-year propertyYear Rate1 20.00%2 32.00%3 19.20%4 11.52%5 11.52%6 5.76%a. $37,036b. $38,880c. $46,108d. $47,770e. $53,892Difficulty level: MediumPROJECT NPVd 63. A project is expected to create operating cash flows of $22,500 a year for three years.The initial cost of the fixed assets is $50,000. These assets will be worthless at the。
公司理财(英文版)题库
.CHAPTER 7Net Present Value and Other Investment Rules Multiple Choice Questions:I. DEFINITIONSNET PRESENT VALUEa 1. The difference between the present value of an investment and its cost is the:a. net present value.b. internal rate of return.c. payback period.d. profitability index.e. discounted payback period.Difficulty level: EasyNET PRESENT VALUE RULEc 2. Which one of the following statements concerning net present value (NPV) is correct?a. An investment should be accepted if, and only if, the NPV is exactly equal to zero.b. An investment should be accepted only if the NPV is equal to the initial cash flow.c. An investment should be accepted if the NPV is positive and rejected if it is negative.d. An investment with greater cash inflows than cash outflows, regardless of when thecash flows occur, will always have a positive NPV and therefore should always beaccepted.e. Any project that has positive cash flows for every time period after the initialinvestment should be accepted.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKc 3. The length of time required for an investment to generate cash flows sufficient torecover the initial cost of the investment is called the:a. net present value.b. internal rate of return.c. payback period.d. profitability index.e. discounted cash period.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACK RULEa 4. Which one of the following statements is correct concerning the payback period?a. An investment is acceptable if its calculated payback period is less than some pre-specified period of time.b. An investment should be accepted if the payback is positive and rejected if it isnegative.c. An investment should be rejected if the payback is positive and accepted if it isnegative.d. An investment is acceptable if its calculated payback period is greater than some pre-specified period of time.e. An investment should be accepted any time the payback period is less than thediscounted payback period, given a positive discount rate.Difficulty level: EasyDISCOUNTED PAYBACKe 5. The length of time required for a project’s discounted cash flows to equal the initialcost of the project is called the:a. net present value.b. internal rate of return.c. payback period.d. discounted profitability index.e. discounted payback period.Difficulty level: EasyDISCOUNTED PAYBACK RULEd 6. The discounted payback rule states that you should accept projects:a. which have a discounted payback period that is greater than some pre-specified periodof time.b. if the discounted payback is positive and rejected if it is negative.c. only if the discounted payback period equals some pre-specified period of time.d. if the discounted payback period is less than some pre-specified period of time.e. only if the discounted payback period is equal to zero.Difficulty level: EasyAVERAGE ACCOUNTING RETURNc 7. An investment’s average net income divided by its average book value defines theaverage:a. net present value.b. internal rate of return.c. accounting return.d. profitability index.e. payback period.Difficulty level: EasyAVERAGE ACCOUNTING RETURN RULEb 8. An investment is acceptable if its average accounting return (AAR):a. is less than a target AAR.b. exceeds a target AAR.c. exceeds the firm’s return on equity (ROE).d. is less than the firm’s return on assets (ROA).e. is equal to zero and only when it is equal to zero.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNb. 9. The discount rate that makes the net present value of an investment exactly equal tozero is called the:a. external rate of return.b. internal rate of return.c. average accounting return.d. profitability index.e. equalizer.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURN RULEd 10. An investment is acceptable if its IRR:a. is exactly equal to its net present value (NPV).b. is exactly equal to zero.c. is less than the required return.d. exceeds the required return.e. is exactly equal to 100 percent.Difficulty level: EasyMULTIPLE RATES OF RETURNe 11. The possibility that more than one discount rate will make the NPV of an investmentequal to zero is called the _____ problem.a. net present value profilingb. operational ambiguityc. mutually exclusive investment decisiond. issues of scalee. multiple rates of returnDifficulty level: MediumMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSc 12. A situation in which accepting one investment prevents the acceptance of anotherinvestment is called the:a. net present value profile.b. operational ambiguity decision.c. mutually exclusive investment decision.d. issues of scale problem.e. multiple choices of operations decision.Difficulty level: EasyPROFITABILITY INDEXd. 13. The present value of an investment’s future cash flows divided by the initial cost of theinvestment is called the:a. net present value.b. internal rate of return.c. average accounting return.d. profitability index.e. profile period.Difficulty level: EasyPROFITABILITY INDEX RULEa 14. An investment is acceptable if the profitability index (PI) of the investment is:a. greater than one.b. less than one.c. greater than the internal rate of return (IRR).d. less than the net present value (NPV).e. greater than a pre-specified rate of return.Difficulty level: EasyII. CONCEPTSNET PRESENT VALUEd 15. All else constant, the net present value of a project increases when:a. the discount rate increases.b. each cash inflow is delayed by one year.c. the initial cost of a project increases.d. the rate of return decreases.e. all cash inflows occur during the last year of a project’s life instead ofperiodically throughout the life of the project.Difficulty level: EasyNET PRESENT VALUEa 16. The primary reason that company projects with positive net present values areconsidered acceptable is that:a. they create value for the owners of the firm.b. the project’s rate of return exceeds the rate of inflation.c. they return the initial cash outlay within three years or less.d. the required cash inflows exceed the actual cash inflows.e. the investment’s cost exceeds the present value of the cash inflows.Difficulty level: EasyNET PRESENT VALUEd 17. If a project has a net present value equal to zero, then:I. the present value of the cash inflows exceeds the initial cost of the project.II. the project produces a rate of return that just equals the rate required to accept the project.III. the project is expected to produce only the minimally required cash inflows.IV. any delay in receiving the projected cash inflows will cause the project to have a negative net present value.a. II and III onlyb. II and IV onlyc. I, II, and IV onlyd. II, III, and IV onlye. I, II, and III onlyDifficulty level: MediumNET PRESENT VALUEb 18. Net present value:a. cannot be used when deciding between two mutually exclusive projects.b. is more useful to decision makers than the internal rate of return when comparingdifferent sized projects.c. is easy to explain to non-financial managers and thus is the primary method of analysisused by the lowest levels of management.d. is not an as widely used tool as payback and discounted paybacke. is very similar in its methodology to the average accounting return.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKc 19. Payback is frequently used to analyze independent projects because:a. it considers the time value of money.b. all relevant cash flows are included in the analysis.c. it is easy and quick to calculate.d. it is the most desirable of all the available analytical methods from a financialperspective.e. it produces better decisions than those made using either NPV or IRR.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKc 20. The advantages of the payback method of project analysis include the:I. application of a discount rate to each separate cash flow.II. bias towards liquidity.III. ease of use.IV. arbitrary cutoff point.a. I and II onlyb. I and III onlyc. II and III onlye. II, III, and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumPAYBACKd 21. All else equal, the payback period for a project will decrease whenever the:a. initial cost increases.b. required return for a project increases.c. assigned discount rate decreases.d. cash inflows are moved forward in time.e. duration of a project is lengthened.Difficulty level: MediumDISCOUNTED PAYBACKd 22. The discounted payback period of a project will decrease whenever the:a. discount rate applied to the project is increased.b. initial cash outlay of the project is increased.c. time period of the project is increased.d. amount of each project cash flow is increased.e. costs of the fixed assets utilized in the project increase.Difficulty level: MediumDISCOUNTED PAYBACKa 23. The discounted payback rule may cause:a. some positive net present value projects to be rejected.b. the most liquid projects to be rejected in favor of less liquid projects.c. projects to be incorrectly accepted due to ignoring the time value of money.d. projects with negative net present values to be accepted.e. some projects to be accepted which would otherwise be rejected under the paybackrule.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNb 24. The internal rate of return (IRR):I. rule states that a project with an IRR that is less than the required rate should beaccepted.II. is the rate generated solely by the cash flows of an investment.III. is the rate that causes the net present value of a project to exactly equal zero.IV. can effectively be used to analyze all investment scenarios.a. I and IV onlyb. II and III onlyc. I, II, and III onlyd. II, III, and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNa 25. The internal rate of return for a project will increase if:a. the initial cost of the project can be reduced.b. the total amount of the cash inflows is reduced.c. each cash inflow is moved such that it occurs one year later than originally projected.d. the required rate of return is reduced.e. the salvage value of the project is omitted from the analysis.Difficulty level: MediumINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNc 26. The internal rate of return is:a. more reliable as a decision making tool than net present value whenever you areconsidering mutually exclusive projects.b. equivalent to the discount rate that makes the net present value equal to one.c. difficult to compute without the use of either a financial calculator or a computer.d. dependent upon the interest rates offered in the marketplace.e. a better methodology than net present value when dealing with unconventional cashflows.Difficulty level: MediumINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNa 27. The internal rate of return tends to be:a. easier for managers to comprehend than the net present value.b. extremely accurate even when cash flow estimates are faulty.c. ignored by most financial analysts.d. used primarily to differentiate between mutually exclusive projects.e. utilized in project analysis only when multiple net present values apply.Difficulty level: EasyINCREMENTAL INTERNAL RATE OF RETURNe 28. You are trying to determine whether to accept project A or project B. These projectsare mutually exclusive. As part of your analysis, you should compute the incrementedIRR by determining:a. the internal rate of return for the cash flows of each project.b. the net present value of each project using the internal rate of return as the discountrate.c. the discount rate that equates the discounted payback periods for each project.d. the discount rate that makes the net present value of each project equal to 1.e. the internal rate of return for the differences in the cash flows of the two projects.Difficulty level: MediumINCREMENTAL INTERNAL RATE OF RETURNb 29. Graphing the incremental IRR helps explain:a. why one project is always superior to another project.b. how decisions concerning mutually exclusive projects are derived.c. how the duration of a project affects the decision as to which project to accept.d. how the net present value and the initial cash outflow of a project are related.e. how the profitability index and the net present value are related.Difficulty level: MediumPROFITABILITY INDEXd 30. The profitability index is closely related to:a. payback.b. discounted payback.c. the average accounting return.d. net present value.e. mutually exclusive projects.Difficulty level: EasyPROFITABILITY INDEXb 31. Analysis using the profitability index:a. frequently conflicts with the accept and reject decisions generated by the application ofthe net present value rule.b. is useful as a decision tool when investment funds are limited.c. is useful when trying to determine which one of two mutually exclusive projectsshould be accepted.d. utilizes the same basic variables as those used in the average accounting return.e. produces results which typically are difficult to comprehend or apply.Difficulty level: MediumPROFITABILITY INDEXe 32. If you want to review a project from a benefit-cost perspective, you should use the_____ method of analysis.a. net present valueb. paybackc. internal rate of returnd. average accounting returne. profitability indexDifficulty level: EasyPROFITABILITY INDEXb 33. When the present value of the cash inflows exceeds the initial cost of a project, thenthe project should be:a. accepted because the internal rate of return is positive.b. accepted because the profitability index is greater than 1.c. accepted because the profitability index is negative.d. rejected because the internal rate of return is negative.e. rejected because the net present value is negative.Difficulty level: EasyMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSc 34. Which one of the following is the best example of two mutually exclusive projects?a. planning to build a warehouse and a retail outlet side by sideb. buying sufficient equipment to manufacture both desks and chairs simultaneouslyc. using an empty warehouse for storage or renting it entirely out to another firmd. using the company sales force to promote sales of both shoes and sockse. buying both inventory and fixed assets using funds from the same bond issueDifficulty level: MediumMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSd 35. The Liberty Co. is considering two projects. Project A consists of building a wholesalebook outlet on lot #169 of the Englewood Retail Center. Project B consists of buildinga sit-down restaurant on lot #169 of the Englewood Retail Center. When trying todecide whether or build the book outlet or the restaurant, management should relymost heavily on the analysis results from the _____ method of analysis.a. profitability indexb. internal rate of returnc. paybackd. net present valuee. accounting rate of returnDifficulty level: MediumMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSc 36. When two projects both require the total use of the same limited economic resource,the projects are generally considered to be:a. independent.b. marginally profitable.c. mutually exclusive.d. acceptable.e. internally profitable.Difficulty level: EasyMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSc 37. Matt is analyzing two mutually exclusive projects of similar size and has prepared thefollowing data. Both projects have 5 year lives.Project A Project B Net present value $15,090 $14,693Payback period 2.76 years 2.51 yearsAverage accounting return 9.3 percent 9.6 percentRequired return 8.3 percent 8.0 percentRequired AAR 9.0 percent 9.0 percentMatt has been asked for his best recommendation given this information. Hisrecommendation should be to accept:a. project B because it has the shortest payback period.b. both projects as they both have positive net present values.c. project A and reject project B based on their net present values.d. project B and reject project A based on their average accounting returns.e. project B and reject project A based on both the payback period and the averageaccounting return.Difficulty level: MediumINVESTMENT ANALYSISa 38. Given that the net present value (NPV) is generally considered to be the best methodof analysis, why should you still use the other methods?a. The other methods help validate whether or not the results from the net present valueanalysis are reliable.b. You need to use the other methods since conventional practice dictates that you onlyaccept projects after you have generated three accept indicators.c. You need to use other methods because the net present value method is unreliablewhen a project has unconventional cash flows.d. The average accounting return must always indicate acceptance since this is the bestmethod from a financial perspective.e. The discounted payback method must always be computed to determine if a projectreturns a positive cash flow since NPV does not measure this aspect of a project.Difficulty level: MediumINVESTMENT ANALYSISe 39. In actual practice, managers frequently use the:I. AAR because the information is so readily available.II. IRR because the results are easy to communicate and understand.III. payback because of its simplicity.IV. net present value because it is considered by many to be the best method of analysis.a. I and III onlyb. II and III onlyc. I, III, and IV onlyd. II, III, and IV onlye. I, II, III, and IVDifficulty level: MediumINVESTMENT ANALYSISa 40. No matter how many forms of investment analysis you do:a. the actual results from a project may vary significantly from the expected results.b. the internal rate of return will always produce the most reliable results.c. a project will never be accepted unless the payback period is met.d. the initial costs will generally vary considerably from the estimated costs.e. only the first three years of a project ever affect its final outcome.Difficulty level: EasyINVESTMENT ANALYSISb 41. Which of the following methods of project analysis are biased towards short-termprojects?I. internal rate of returnII. accounting rate of returnIII. paybackIV. discounted paybacka. I and II onlyb. III and IV onlyc. II and III onlyd. I and IV onlye. II and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumINVESTMENT ANALYSISa 42. If a project is assigned a required rate of return equal to zero, then:a. the timing of the project’s cash flows has no bearing on the value of the project.b. the project will always be accepted.c. the project will always be rejected.d. whether the project is accepted or rejected will depend on the timing of the cash flows.e. the project can never add value for the shareholders.Difficulty level: MediumDECISION RULESe 43. You are considering a project with the following data:Internal rate of return 8.7 percentProfitability ratio .98Net present value -$393Payback period 2.44 yearsRequired return 9.5 percentWhich one of the following is correct given this information?a. The discount rate used in computing the net present value must have been less than 8.7percent.b. The discounted payback period will have to be less than 2.44 years.c. The discount rate used to compute the profitability ratio was equal to the internal rateof return.d. This project should be accepted based on the profitability ratio.e. This project should be rejected based on the internal rate of return.Difficulty level: MediumNET PRESENT VALUEc 44. Accepting positive NPV projects benefits the stockholders because:a. it is the most easily understood valuation process.b. the present value of the expected cash flows are equal to the cost.c. the present value of the expected cash flows are greater than the cost.d. it is the most easily calculated.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyNET PRESENT VALUEa 45. Which of the following does not characterize NPV?a. NPV does not incorporate risk into the analysis.b. NPV incorporates all relevant information.c. NPV uses all of the project's cash flows.d. NPV discounts all future cash flows.e. Using NPV will lead to decisions that maximize shareholder wealth.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKe 46. The payback period rule:a. discounts cash flows.b. ignores initial cost.c. always uses all possible cash flows in its calculation.d. Both A and C.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKc 47. The payback period rule accepts all investment projects in which the payback period forthe cash flows is:a. equal to the cutoff point.b. greater than the cutoff point.c. less than the cutoff point.d. positive.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKd 48. The payback period rule is a convenient and useful tool because:a. it provides a quick estimate of how rapidly the initial investment will be recouped.b. results of a short payback rule decision will be quickly seen.c. it does not take into account time value of money.d. All of the above.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyDISCOUNTED PAYBACKa 49. The discounted payback period rule:a. considers the time value of money.b. discounts the cutoff point.c. ignores uncertain cash flows.d. is preferred to the NPV rule.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyPAYBACKc 50. The payback period rule:a. determines a cutoff point so that all projects accepted by the NPV rule will be acceptedby the payback period rule.b. determines a cutoff point so that depreciation is just equal to positive cash flows in thepayback year.c. requires an arbitrary choice of a cutoff point.d. varies the cutoff point with the interest rate.e. Both A and D.Difficulty level: EasyAVERAGE ACCOUNTING RETURNc 51. The average accounting return is determined by:a. dividing the yearly cash flows by the investment.b. dividing the average cash flows by the investment.c. dividing the average net income by the average investment.d. dividing the average net income by the initial investment.e. dividing the net income by the cash flow.Difficulty level: EasyAVERAGE ACCOUNTING RETURNb 52. The investment decision rule that relates average net income to average investment isthe:a. discounted cash flow method.b. average accounting return method.c. average payback method.d. average profitability index.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyMODIFIED INTERNAL RATE OF RETURNd 53. Modified internal rate of return:a. handles the multiple IRR problem by combining cash flows until only one change insign change remains.b. requires the use of a discount rate.c. does not require the use of a discount rate.d. Both A and B.e. Both A and C.Difficulty level: MediumAVERAGE ACCOUNTING RETURNd 54. The shortcoming(s) of the average accounting return (AAR) method is (are):a. the use of net income instead of cash flows.b. the pattern of income flows has no impact on the AAR.c. there is no clear-cut decision rule.d. All of the above.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: MediumINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNe 55. The two fatal flaws of the internal rate of return rule are:a. arbitrary determination of a discount rate and failure to consider initial expenditures.b. arbitrary determination of a discount rate and failure to correctly analyze mutuallyexclusive investment projects.c. arbitrary determination of a discount rate and the multiple rate of return problem.d. failure to consider initial expenditures and failure to correctly analyze mutuallyexclusive investment projects.e. failure to correctly analyze mutually exclusive investment projects and the multiple rateof return problem.Difficulty level: MediumMUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PROJECTSd 56. A mutually exclusive project is a project whose:a. acceptance or rejection has no effect on other projects.b. NPV is always negative.c. IRR is always negative.d. acceptance or rejection affects other projects.e. cash flow pattern exhibits more than one sign change.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNd 57. A project will have more than one IRR if:a. the IRR is positive.b. the IRR is negative.c. the NPV is zero.d. the cash flow pattern exhibits more than one sign change.e. the cash flow pattern exhibits exactly one sign change.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURN RULESb 58. Using internal rate of return, a conventional project should be accepted if the internalrate of return is:a. equal to the discount rate.b. greater than the discount rate.c. less than the discount rate.d. negative.e. positive.Difficulty level: EasyINTERNAL RATE OF RETURNa 59. The internal rate of return may be defined as:a. the discount rate that makes the NPV cash flows equal to zero.b. the difference between the market rate of interest and the NPV.c. the market rate of interest less the risk-free rate.d. the project acceptance rate set by management.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: MediumMULTIPLE INTERNAL RATE OF RETURNSd 60. The problem of multiple IRRs can occur when:a. there is only one sign change in the cash flows.b. the first cash flow is always positive.c. the cash flows decline over the life of the project.d. there is more than one sign change in the cash flows.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyTIMING AND SCALE ISSUES WITH INTERNAL RATE OF RETURNb 61. The elements that cause problems with the use of the IRR in projects that are mutuallyexclusive are:a. the discount rate and scale problems.b. timing and scale problems.c. the discount rate and timing problems.d. scale and reversing flow problems.e. timing and reversing flow problems.Difficulty level: MediumNET PRESENT VALUE DECISIONc 62. If there is a conflict between mutually exclusive projects due to the IRR, one should:a. drop the two projects immediately.b. spend more money on gathering information.c. depend on the NPV as it will always provide the most value.d. depend on the AAR because it does not suffer from these same problems.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: MediumPROFITABILITY INDEXe 63. The profitability index is the ratio of:a. average net income to average investment.b. internal rate of return to current market interest rate.c. net present value of cash flows to internal rate of return.d. net present value of cash flows to average accounting return.e. present value of cash flows to initial investment cost.Difficulty level: EasyINVESTMENT DECISION RULESa 64. Which of the following statement is true?a. One must know the discount rate to compute the NPV of a project but one can computethe IRR without referring to the discount rate.b. One must know the discount rate to compute the IRR of a project but one can computethe NPV without referring to the discount rate.c. Payback accounts for time value of money.d. There will always be one IRR regardless of cash flows.e. Average accounting return is the ratio of total assets to total net income.Difficulty level: MediumCAPITAL BUDGETING PRACTICE。
公司理财英文版题库6
CHAPTER 6Stock Valuation I. DEFINITIONSGROWING PERPETUITYa 1. An asset characterized by cash flows that increase at a constant rate forever is called a:a. growing perpetuity.b. growing annuity.c. common annuity.d. perpetuity due.e. preferred stock.Difficulty level: EasyDIVIDEND GROWTH MODELb 2. The stock valuation model that determines the current stock price by dividing the next annualdividend amount by the excess of the discount rate less the dividend growth rate is called the_____ model.a. zero growthb. dividend growthc. capital pricingd. earnings capitalizatione. discounted dividendDifficulty level: EasyDIVIDEND YIELDc 3. Next year’s annual dividend divided by the current stock price is called the:a. yield to maturity.b. total yield.c. dividend yield.d. capital gains yield.e. earnings yield.Difficulty level: EasyCAPITAL GAINS YIELDd 4. The rate at which a stock’s price is expected to appreciate (or depreciate) is called the _____yield.a. currentb. totalc. dividendd. capital gainse. earningsDifficulty level: EasyPREFERRED STOCKd 5. A form of equity which receives preferential treatment in the payment of dividends is called_____ stock.a. dual classb. cumulativec. deferredd. preferrede. commonDifficulty level: EasyPREFERRED STOCKe 6. A _____ is a form of equity security that has a stated liquidating value.a. bondb. debenturec. proxyd. common stocke. preferred stockDifficulty level: MediumCOMMON STOCKe 7. A form of equity which receives no preferential treatment in either the payment of dividends orin bankruptcy distributions is called _____ stock.a. dual classb. cumulativec. deferredd. preferrede. commonDifficulty level: EasyCUMULATIVE VOTINGb 8. The voting procedure whereby shareholders may cast all of their votes for one member of theboard is called _____ voting.a. democraticb. cumulativec. straightd. deferrede. proxyDifficulty level: EasySTRAIGHT VOTINGc 9. The voting procedure where you must own 50% plus one of the outstanding shares of stock toguarantee that you will win a seat on the board of directors is called _____ voting.a. democraticb. cumulativec. straightd. deferrede. proxyDifficulty level: EasyPROXY VOTINGe 10. The voting procedure where a shareholder grants authority to another individual to vote his/hershares is called _____ voting.a. democraticb. cumulativec. straightd. deferrede. proxyDifficulty level: EasyPREEMPTIVE RIGHTSb 11. Preemptive rights refer to the right of shareholders to:a. share proportionately in dividends paid.b. share proportionately in any new stock issues sold.c. share proportionately in liquidated assets.d. vote at annual shareholder meetings.e. override the votes of other shareholders.Difficulty level: MediumDIVIDENDSc 12. Payments made by a corporation to its shareholders, in the form of either cash, stock orpayments in kind, are called:a. retained earnings.b. net income.c. dividends.d. redistributions.e. infused equity.Difficulty level: EasyPRIMARY MARKETe 13. The market in which new securities are originally sold to investors is called the _____ market.a. dealerb. auctionc. over-the-counterd. secondarye. primaryDifficulty level: EasySECONDARY MARKETd 14. The market in which previously issued securities are traded among investors is called the _____market.a. dealerb. auctionc. over-the-counterd. secondarye. primaryDifficulty level: EasyDEALERe 15. An agent who buys and sells securities from inventory is called a:a. broker.b. trader.c. capitalist.d. principal.e. dealer.Difficulty level: EasyBROKERa 16. An agent who arranges security transactions among investors is called a:a. broker.b. trader.c. capitalist.d. principal.e. dealer.Difficulty level: EasyNYSE MEMBERb 17. The owner of a seat on the New York Stock Exchange is called a(n) _____ of the exchange.a. friendb. memberc. agentd. trusteee. dealerDifficulty level: EasySPECIALISTc 18. A member of the New York Stock Exchange acting as a dealer in one or more securities on theexchange floor is called a:a. floor trader.b. floor post.c. specialist.d. floor broker.e. commission broker.Difficulty level: EasyFLOOR BROKERd 19. A member of the New York Stock Exchange who executes orders for commission brokers on afee basis is a:a. floor trader.b. dealer.c. specialist.d. floor broker.e. floor agent.Difficulty level: EasyCOMMISSION BROKERe 20. A member of the New York Stock Exchange who executes buy and sell orders from customersonce transmitted to the exchange floor is called a:a. floor trader.b. dealer.c. specialist.d. floor broker.e. commission broker.Difficulty level: EasyFLOOR TRADERa 21. A member of the New York Stock Exchange who trades for his or her own account, trying toanticipate temporary price fluctuations, is called a(n):a. floor trader.b. exchange customer.c. specialist.d. floor broker.e. commission broker.Difficulty level: EasySUPERDOT SYSTEMb 22. The electronic system used by the New York Stock Exchange which enables orders to betransmitted directly to a specialist is called the ______ system..a. NASDAQb. SuperDOTc. Instinetd. Internete. brokerage.Difficulty level: EasyORDER FLOWc 23. The ________ has a multiple market maker system rather than a specialist system.a. NYSE.b. AMEX.c. NASDAQ.d. NIKKEIe. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasyOVER-THE-COUNTER MARKETc 24. A securities market primarily comprised of dealers who buy and sell for their own inventoriesis generally referred to as a(n) ______ market.a. auctionb. privatec. over-the-counterd. regionale. electronic networkDifficulty level: EasyECNsd 25. Electronic communications networks, or ECNs, act to:a. increase liquidity.b. i ncrease competition.c. increase the cost to invest.d. A & B.e. A & C.Difficulty level: MediumII. CONCEPTSVALUATION OF ZERO GROWTH STOCKc 26. The James River Co. pays an annual dividend of $1.50 per share on its common stock.This dividend amount has been constant for the past 15 years and is expected to remainconstant. Given this, one share of James River Co. stock:a. is basically worthless as it offers no growth potential.b. has a market value equal to the present value of $1.50 paid one year from today.c. is valued as if the dividend paid is a perpetuity.d. is valued with an assumed growth rate of 3%.e. has a market value of $15.00.Difficulty level: EasyVALUATION OF ZERO GROWTH STOCKe 27. The common stock of the Kenwith Co. pays a constant annual dividend. Thus, the market priceof Kenwith stock will:a. also remain constant.b. increase over time.c. decrease over time.d. increase when the market rate of return increases.e. decrease when the market rate of return increases.Difficulty level: EasyDIVIDEND YIELD VS. CAPITAL GAINS YIELDc 28. The Koster Co. currently pays an annual dividend of $1.00 and plans on increasing that amountby 5% each year. The Keyser Co. currently pays an annual dividend of $1.00 and plans onincreasing their dividend by 3% annually. Given this, it can be stated with certainty that the_____ of the Koster Co. stock is greater than the _____ of the Keyser Co. stock.a. market price; market priceb. dividend yield; dividend yieldc. rate of capital gain; rate of capital gaind. total return; total returne. capital gains; dividend yieldDifficulty level: MediumDIVIDEND GROWTH MODELd 29. The dividend growth model:I. assumes that dividends increase at a constant rate forever.II. can be used to compute a stock price at any point of time.III. states that the market price of a stock is only affected by the amount of the dividend.IV. considers capital gains but ignores the dividend yield.a. I onlyb. II onlyc. III and IV onlyd. I and II onlye. I, II, and III onlyDifficulty level: MediumDIVIDEND GROWTH MODELb 30. The underlying assumption of the dividend growth model is that a stock is worth:a. the same amount to every investor regardless of their desired rate of return.b. the present value of the future income which the stock generates.c. an amount computed as the next annual dividend divided by the market rate of return.d. the same amount as any other stock that pays the same current dividend and has the samerequired rate of return.e. an amount computed as the next annual dividend divided by the required rate of return.Difficulty level: MediumDIVIDEND GROWTH MODELc 31. Assume that you are using the dividend growth model to value stocks. If you expect the marketrate of return to increase across the board on all equity securities, then you should also expectthe:a. market values of all stocks to increase, all else constant.b. market values of all stocks to remain constant as the dividend growth will offset theincrease in the market rate.c. market values of all stocks to decrease, all else constant.d. stocks that do not pay dividends to decrease in price while the dividend-paying stocks maintaina constant price.e. dividend growth rates to increase to offset this change.Difficulty level: MediumDIFFERENTIAL GROWTHc 32. Latcher’s Inc. is a relatively new firm that is still in a period of rapid development. Thecompany plans on retaining all of its earnings for the next six years. Seven years fromnow, the company projects paying an annual dividend of $.25 a share and thenincreasing that amount by 3% annually thereafter. To value this stock as of today, you wouldmost likely determine the value of the stock _____ years from today before determining today’s value.a. 4b. 5c. 6d. 7e. 8Difficulty level: MediumDIFFERENTIAL GROWTHd 33. The Robert Phillips Co. currently pays no dividend. The company is anticipatingdividends of $0, $0, $0, $.10, $.20, and $.30 over the next 6 years, respectively. Afterthat, the company anticipates increasing the dividend by 4% annually. The first step incomputing the value of this stock today, is to compute the value of the stock when it reachesconstant growth in year:a. 3.b. 4.c. 5.d. 6.e. 7.Difficulty level: MediumDIFFERENTIAL GROWTHb 34. Supernormal growth refers to a firm that increases its dividend by:a. three or more% per year.b. a rate which is most likely not sustainable over an extended period of time.c. a constant rate of 2 or more% per year.d. $.10 or more per year.e. an amount in excess of $.10 a year.Difficulty level: MediumDIVIDEND YIELD AND CAPITAL GAINSe 35. The total rate of return earned on a stock is comprised of which two of the following?I. current yieldII. yield to maturityIII. dividend yieldIV. capital gains yielda. I and II onlyb. I and IV onlyc. II and III onlyd. II and IV onlye. III and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumDIVIDEND YIELDc 36. The total rate of return on a stock can be positive even when the price of the stock depreciatesbecause of the:a. capital appreciation.b. interest yield.c. dividend yield.d. supernormal growth.e. real rate of return.Difficulty level: MediumDIVIDEND YIELD AND CAPITAL GAINSc 37. Fred Flintlock wants to earn a total of 10% on his investments. He recently purchased shares ofABC stock at a price of $20 a share. The stock pays a $1 a year dividend. The price of ABCstock needs to _____ if Fred is to achieve his 10% rate of return.a. remain constantb. decrease by 5%c. increase by 5%d. increase by 10%e. increase by 15%Difficulty level: MediumDIVIDEND GROWTH MODELd 38. Which one of the following correctly defines the dividend constant growth model?a. P0 = D0÷ (R-g)b. D = P0⨯ (R-g)c. R = (P0÷ D0) + gd. R = (D1÷ P0) + ge. P0 = (D1÷ R) + gDifficulty level: MediumSHAREHOLDER RIGHTSa 39. Shareholders generally have the right to:I. elect the corporate directors.II. select the senior management of the firm.III. elect the chief executive officer (CEO).IV. elect the chief operating officer (COO).a. I onlyb. I and III onlyc. II onlyd. I and II onlye. III and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumCUMULATIVE VOTINGc 40. Jack owns 35 shares of stock in Beta, Inc. and wants to exercise as much control as possibleover the company. Beta, Inc. has a total of 100 shares of stock outstanding. Each share receivesone vote. Presently, the company is voting to elect two new directors. Which one of thefollowing statements must be true given this information?a. If straight voting applies, Jack is assured one seat on the board.b. If straight voting applies, Jack can control both open seats.c. If cumulative voting applies, Jack is assured one seat on the board.d. If cumulative voting applies, Jack can control both open seats.e. Regardless of the type of voting employed, Jack does not own enough shares to control any ofthe seats.Difficulty level: MediumSTRAIGHT VOTINGa 41. ABC Co. is owned by a group of shareholders who all vote independently and who all wantpersonal control over the firm. If straight voting is utilized, a shareholder:a. must either own enough shares to totally control the elections or else he/she has no controlwhatsoever.b. will be able to elect at least one director as long as there are at least three open positions and theshareholder owns at least 25% plus one of the outstanding shares.c. must own at least two-thirds of the shares, plus one, to exercise control over the elections.d. is only permitted to elect one director, regardless of the number of shares owned.e. who owns more shares than anyone else, regardless of the number of shares owned, will controlthe elections.Difficulty level: MediumPROXY VOTINGe 42. The Zilo Corp. has 1,000 shareholders and is preparing to elect three new board members. Youdo not own enough shares to control the elections but are determined to oust the currentleadership. The most likely result of this situation is a:a. negotiated settlement where you are granted control over one of the three open positions.b. legal battle for control of the firm based on your discontent as an individual shareholder.c. arbitrated settlement whereby you are granted control over one of the three open positions.d. total loss of power for you since you are a minority shareholder.e. proxy fight for control of the firm.Difficulty level: MediumSHAREHOLDER RIGHTSe 43. Common stock shareholders are generally granted rights which include the right to:I. share in company profits.II. vote for company directors.III. vote on proposed mergers.IV. residual assets in a liquidation.a. I and II onlyb. II and III onlyc. I and IV onlyd. I, II, and IV onlye. I, II, III, and IVDifficulty level: MediumDIVIDENDSe 44. The Scott Co. has a general dividend policy whereby they pay a constant annual dividend of $1per share of common stock. The firm has 1,000 shares of stock outstanding. The company:a. must always show a current liability of $1,000 for dividends payable.b. is obligated to continue paying $1 per share per year.c. will be declared in default and can face bankruptcy if they do not pay $1 per year to eachshareholder on a timely basis.d. has a liability which must be paid at a later date should the company miss paying an annualdividend payment.e. must still declare each dividend before it becomes an actual company liability.Difficulty level: MediumDIVIDENDSb 45. The dividends paid by a corporation:I. to an individual become taxable income of that individual.II. reduce the taxable income of the corporation.III. are declared by the chief financial officer of the corporation.IV. to another corporation may or may not represent taxable income to the recipient.a. I onlyb. I and IV onlyc. II and III onlyd. I, II, and IV onlye. I, III, and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumPREFERRED STOCKa 46. The owner of preferred stock:a. is entitled to a distribution of income prior to the common shareholders.b. has the right to veto the outcome of an election held by the common shareholders.c. has the right to declare the company bankrupt whenever there are insufficient funds topay dividends to the common shareholders.d. receives tax-free dividends if they are an individual and own more than 20% ofthe outstanding preferred shares.e. has the right to collect payment on any unpaid dividends as long as the stock isnoncumulative preferred.Difficulty level: MediumPREFERRED STOCKb 47. A 6% preferred stock pays _____ a year in dividends per share.a. $3b. $6c. $12d. $30e. $60Difficulty level: EasyPREFERRED STOCKe 48. Which one of the following statements concerning preferred stock is correct?a. Unpaid preferred dividends are a liability of the firm.b. Preferred dividends must be paid quarterly provided the firm has net income that exceeds theamount of the quarterly dividend.c. Preferred dividends must be paid timely each quarter or the unpaid dividends start accruinginterest.d. All unpaid dividends on preferred stock, regardless of the type of preferred, must be paid beforeany income can be distributed to common shareholders.e. Preferred shareholders may be granted voting rights and seats on the board if preferred dividendpayments remain unpaid.Difficulty level: MediumPREFERRED STOCKe 49. In a liquidation, each share of 5% preferred stock is generally entitled to a liquidation paymentof _____ as long as there are sufficient funds available.a. $1b. $5c. $10d. $50e. $100Difficulty level: MediumCOMMON STOCK VALUESc 50. The value of common stock today depends ona. the expected future holding period and the discount rate.b. the expected future dividends and the capital gains.c. the expected future dividends, capital gains and the discount rate.d. the expected future holding period and capital gains.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: MediumPRIMARY MARKETd 51. Which one of the following transactions occurs in the primary market?a. the sale of ABC stock by Fred Jones to Mary Smithb. the tax-free gift of DEF stock to Heather by Jenniferc. the repurchase of GHI stock from Tim by GHId. the initial sale of JKL stock by JKL to Jamiee. the transfer of MNO stock from Tom to his son, JonDifficulty level: MediumDEALERS AND BROKERSd 52. Which one of the following statements concerning dealers and brokers is correct?a. A dealer in market securities arranges sales between buyers and sellers for a fee.b. A dealer in market securities pays the asked price when purchasing securities.c. A broker in market securities earns income in the form of a bid-ask spread.d. A broker does not take ownership of the securities being traded.e. A broker deals solely in the primary market.Difficulty level: EasyPERPETUITY FORMULAd 53. The formula Po = DIV/r representsa. the present value of a stream of zero growth dividends in perpetuity.b. the value of a no growth dividend stream.c. a lower value than if a growth element was included.d. All of the above.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: EasySPECIALIST’S POSTb 54. The post is a stationary position on the floor of the New York Stock Exchange where a _____ isassigned to work.a. floor traderb. specialistc. dealerd. floor brokere. commission brokerDifficulty level: MediumSTOCK MARKET REPORTINGd 55. The closing price of a stock is quoted at 22.87, with a P/E of 26 and a net change of1.42. Based on this information, which one of the following statements is correct?a. The closing price on the previous day was $1.42 higher than today’s closing price.b. A dealer will buy the stock at $22.87 and sell it at $26 a share.c. The stoc k increased in value between yesterday’s close and today’s close by $.0142.d. The earnings per share are equal to 1/26th of $22.87.e. The earnings per share have increased by $1.42 this year.Difficulty level: MediumSTOCK QUOTEb 56. A stock listing contains the following information: P/E 17.5, closing price 33.10,dividend .80, YTD% chg 3.4, and a net chg of -.50. Which of the following statementsare correct given this information?I. The stock price has increased by 3.4% during the current year.II. The closing price on the previous trading day was $32.60.III. The earnings per share are approximately $1.89.IV. The current yield is 17.5%.a. I and II onlyb. I and III onlyc. II and III onlyd. III and IV onlye. I, III, and IV onlyDifficulty level: MediumDISCOUNT RATEb 57. The discount rate in equity valuation is composed entirely ofa. the dividends paid and the capital gains yield.b. the dividend yield and the growth rate.c. the dividends paid and the growth rate.d. the capital gains earned and the growth rate.e. the capital gains earned and the dividends paid.Difficulty level: MediumNPVGOb 58. The net present value of a growth opportunity, NPVGO, can be defined asa. the present value of an investment in one new project.b. the steady growth in dividends from continual re-investment with positive NPV.c. continual reinvestment of earnings when r < g.d. a single period investment when r > g.e. None of the above.Difficulty level: MediumIII. PROBLEMSSTOCK VALUE – CONSTANT GROWTHe 59. Angelina’s made two announcements concerning their common stock today. First, thecompany announced that their next annual dividend has been set at $2.16 a share.Secondly, the company announced that all future dividends will increase by 4%annually. What is the maximum amount you should pay to purchase a share ofAngelina’s stock if your goal is to earn a 10% rate of return?a. $21.60b. $22.46c. $27.44d. $34.62e. $36.00Difficulty level: EasySTOCK VALUE – CONSTANT GROWTHd 60. How much are you willing to pay for one share of stock if the company just paid an$.80 annual dividend, the dividends increase by 4% annually and you require an8% rate of return?a. $19.23b. $20.00c. $20.40d. $20.80e. $21.63Difficulty level: EasySTOCK VALUE – CONSTANT GROWTHd 61. Lee Hong Imports paid a $1.00 per share annual dividend last week. Dividends areexpected to increase by 5% annually. What is one share of this stock worth toyou today if the appropriate discount rate is 14%?a. $7.14b. $7.50c. $11.11d. $11.67e. $12.25Difficulty level: EasySTOCK VALUE - CONSTANT GROWTHc 62. Majestic Homes stock traditionally provides an 8% rate of return. The companyjust paid a $2 a year dividend which is expected to increase by 5% per year. Ifyou are planning on buying 1,000 shares of this stock next year, how much should youexpect to pay per share if the market rate of return for this type of security is 9%at the time of your purchase?a. $48.60b. $52.50c. $55.13d. $57.89e. $70.00Difficulty level: EasySTOCK VALUE - CONSTANT GROWTHc 63. Leslie’s Unique Clothing Stores offers a common stock that pays an annual dividendof $2.00 a share. The company has promised to maintain a constant dividend. Howmuch are you willing to pay for one share of this stock if you want to earn 12%return on your equity investments?a. $10.00b. $13.33c. $16.67d. $18.88e. $20.00Difficulty level: EasySTOCK VALUE – DIFFERENTIAL GROWTHb 64. Martin’s Yachts has paid annual dividends of $1.40, $1.75, and $2.00 a share over thepast three years, respectively. The company now predicts that it will maintain aconstant dividend since its business has leveled off and sales are expected to remainrelatively constant. Given the lack of future growth, you will only buy this stock if youcan earn at least a 15% rate of return. What is the maximum amount you arewilling to pay to buy one share of this stock today?a. $10.00b. $13.33c. $16.67d. $18.88e. $20.00Difficulty level: MediumREQUIRED RETURNc 65. The common stock of Eddie’s Engines, Inc. sells for $25.71 a share. The stock isexpected to pay $1.80 per share next month when the annual dividend is distributed.Eddie’s has established a pattern of increasing their dividends by 4% annuallyand expects to continue doing so. What is the market rate of return on this stock?a. 7%b. 9%c. 11%d. 13%e. 15%Difficulty level: MediumREQUIRED RETURNa 66. The current yield on Alpha’s common stock is 4.8%. The company just paid a$2.10 dividend. The rumor is that the dividend will be $2.205 next year. The dividendgrowth rate is expected to remain constant at the current level. What is the requiredrate of return on Alpha’s stock?a. 10.04%b. 16.07%c. 21.88%d. 43.75%e. 45.94%Difficulty level: MediumREQUIRED RETURNe 67. Martha’s Vineyard recently paid a $3.60 annual dividend on their common stock. Thisdividend increases at an average rate of 3.5% per year. The stock is currentlyselling for $62.10 a share. What is the market rate of return?a. 2.5%b. 3.5%c. 5.5%d. 6.0%e. 9.5%Difficulty level: MediumREQUIRED RETURNd 68. Bet’R Bilt Bikes just announc ed that their annual dividend for this coming year will be$2.42 a share and that all future dividends are expected to increase by 2.5%annually. What is the market rate of return if this stock is currently selling for $22 ashare?a. 9.5%b. 11.0%c. 12.5%d. 13.5%e. 15.0%Difficulty level: MediumDIVIDEND YIELD VS. CAPITAL GAINS YIELDb 69. Shares of common stock of the Samson Co. offer an expected total return of 12%. The dividendis increasing at a constant 8% per year. The dividend yield must be:a. - 4%.b. 4%.c. 8%.d. 12%.e. 20%.Difficulty level: MediumCAPITAL GAINc 70. The common stock of Grady Co. returned an 11.25% rate of return last year.The dividend amount was $.70 a share which equated to a dividend yield of 1.5%. What wasthe rate of price appreciation on the stock?a. 1.50%b. 8.00%c. 9.75%d. 11.25%e. 12.75%Difficulty level: EasyDIVIDEND AMOUNTb 71. Weisbro and Sons common stock sells for $21 a share and pays an annual dividend thatincreases by 5% annually. The market rate of return on this stock is 9%. What is the amount ofthe last dividend paid by Weisbro and Sons?a. $.77b. $.80c. $.84d. $.87e. $.88Difficulty level: MediumDIVIDEND AMOUNTd 72. The common stock of Energizer’s pays an annual dividend that is expected to increase by10% annually. The stock commands a market rate of return of 12% and sells for $60.50 a share.What is the expected amount of the next dividend to be paid on Energizer’s common stock?a. $.90b. $1.00c. $1.10d. $1.21e. $1.33Difficulty level: MediumDIVIDEND AMOUNTd 73. The Reading Co. has adopted a policy of increasing the annual dividend on their common stockat a constant rate of 3% annually. The last dividend they paid was $0.90 a share. What will their dividend be in six years?a. $.90。
- 1、下载文档前请自行甄别文档内容的完整性，平台不提供额外的编辑、内容补充、找答案等附加服务。
- 2、"仅部分预览"的文档,不可在线预览部分如存在完整性等问题,可反馈申请退款(可完整预览的文档不适用该条件!)。
- 3、如文档侵犯您的权益，请联系客服反馈,我们会尽快为您处理(人工客服工作时间：9:00-18:30)。
v .. . ..CHAPTER 2Financial Statements & Cash Flow Multiple Choice Questions:I. DEFINITIONSBALANCE SHEETb 1. The financial statement showing a firm’s accounting value on a particular date isthe:a. income statement.b. balance sheet.c. statement of cash flows.d. tax reconciliation statement.e. shareholders’ equity sheet.Difficulty level: EasyCURRENT ASSETSc 2. A current asset is:a. an item currently owned by the firm.b. an item that the firm expects to own within the next year.c. an item currently owned by the firm that will convert to cash within the next 12months.d. the amount of cash on hand the firm currently shows on its balance sheet.e. the market value of all items currently owned by the firm.Difficulty level: EasyLONG-TERM DEBTb 3. The long-term debts of a firm are liabilities:a. that come due within the next 12 months.b. that do not come due for at least 12 months.c. owed to the firm’s suppliers.d. owed to the firm’s shareholders.e. the firm expects to incur within the next 12 months.Difficulty level: EasyNET WORKING CAPITALe 4. Net working capital is defined as:a. total liabilities minus shareholders’ equity.b. current liabilities minus shareholders’ equity.c. fixed assets minus long-term liabilities.d. total assets minus total liabilities.e. current assets minus current liabilities.Difficulty level: EasyLIQUID ASSETSd 5. A(n) ____ asset is one which can be quickly converted into cash without significantloss in value.a. currentb. fixedc. intangibled. liquide. long-termDifficulty level: EasyINCOME STATEMENTa 6. The financial statement summarizing a firm’s performance over a period of timeis the:a. income statement.b. balance sheet.c. statement of cash flows.d. tax reconciliation statement.e. shareholders’ equity sheet.Difficulty level: EasyNONCASH ITEMSd 7. Noncash items refer to:a. the credit sales of a firm.b. the accounts payable of a firm.c. the costs incurred for the purchase of intangible fixed assets.d. expenses charged against revenues that do not directly affect cash flow.e. all accounts on the balance sheet other than cash on hand.Difficulty level: EasyMARGINAL TAX RATESe 8. Your _____ tax rate is the amount of tax payable on the next taxable dollar youearn.a. deductibleb. residualc. totald. averagee. marginalDifficulty level: EasyAVERAGE TAX RATESd 9. Your _____ tax rate measures the total taxes you pay divided by your taxableincome.a. deductibleb. residualc. totald. averagee. marginalDifficulty level: EasyCASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIESa 10. _____ refers to the cash flow that results from the firm’s ongoing, normal businessactivities.a. Cash flow from operating activitiesb. Capital spendingc. Net working capitald. Cash flow from assetse. Cash flow to creditorsDifficulty level: MediumCASH FLOW FROM INVESTINGb 11. _____ refers to the changes in net capital assets.a. Operating cash flowb. Cash flow from investingc. Net working capitald. Cash flow from assetse. Cash flow to creditorsDifficulty level: MediumNET WORKING CAPITALc 12. _____ refers to the difference between a firm’s current assets and its currentliabilities.a. Operating cash flowb. Capital spendingc. Net working capitald. Cash flow from assetse. Cash flow to creditorsDifficulty level: EasyCASH FLOW OF OPERATIONSd 13. _____ refers to the net total cash flow of the firm available for distribution to itscreditors and stockholders.a. Operating cash flowb. Capital spendingc. Net working capitald. Cash flow from operationse. Cash flow to creditorsCASH FLOW TO CREDITORSe 14. _____ refers to the firm’s interest payments less any net new borrowing.a. Operating cash flowb. Capital spendingc. Net working capitald. Cash flow from shareholderse. Cash flow to creditorsCASH FLOW TO STOCKHOLDERSe 15. _____ refers to the firm’s dividend payments less any net new equity raised.a. Operating cash flowb. Capital spendingc. Net working capitald. Cash flow from creditorse. Cash flow to stockholdersEARNINGS PER SHAREa 16. Earnings per share is equal to:a. net income divided by the total number of shares outstanding.b. net income divided by the par value of the common stock.c. gross income multiplied by the par value of the common stock.d. operating income divided by the par value of the common stock.e. net income divided by total shareholders’ equity.DIVIDENDS PER SHAREb 17. Dividends per share is equal to dividends paid:a. divided by the par value of common stock.b. divided by the total number of shares outstanding.c. divided by total shareholders’ equity.d. multiplied by the par value of the common stock.e. multiplied by the total number of shares outstanding.II. CONCEPTSCURRENT ASSETSa 18. Which of the following are included in current assets?I. equipmentII. inventoryIII. accounts payableIV. casha. II and IV onlyb. I and III onlyc. I, II, and IV onlyd. III and IV onlye. II, III, and IV onlyCURRENT LIABILITIESb 19. Which of the following are included in current liabilities?I. note payable to a supplier in eighteen monthsII. debt payable to a mortgage company in nine monthsIII. accounts payable to suppliersIV. loan payable to the bank in fourteen monthsa. I and III onlyb. II and III onlyc. III and IV onlyd. II, III, and IV onlye. I, II, and III onlyBALANCE SHEETd 20. An increase in total assets:a.means that net working capital is also increasing.b.requires an investment in fixed assets.c.means that shareholders’ equity must also increase.d.must be offset by an equal increase in liabilities and shareholders’ equity.e.can only occur when a firm has positive net income.LIQUIDITYc 21. Which one of the following accounts is generally the most liquid?a. inventoryb.buildingc.accounts receivabled.equipmente.patentLIQUIDITYe 22. Which one of the following statements concerning liquidity is correct?a.If you sold an asset today, it is a liquid asset.b.If you can sell an asset next year at a price equal to its actual value, the asset ishighly liquid.c.Trademarks and patents are highly liquid.d.The less liquidity a firm has, the lower the probability the firm will encounterfinancialdifficulties.e.Balance sheet accounts are listed in order of decreasing liquidity.LIQUIDITYd 23. Liquidity is:a. a measure of the use of debt in a firm’s capital structure.b.equal to current assets minus current liabilities.c.equal to the market value of a firm’s total assets minus its current liabilities.d.valuable to a firm even though liquid assets tend to be less profitable to own.e.generally associated with intangible assets.SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITYd 24. Which of the following accounts are included in shareholders’ equity?I. interest paidII. retained earningsIII. capital surplusIV. long-term debta. I and II onlyb. II and IV onlyc. I and IV onlyd. II and III onlye. I and III onlyBOOK VALUEb 25. Book value:a. is equivalent to market value for firms with fixed assets.b.is based on historical cost.c.generally tends to exceed market value when fixed assets are included.d.is more of a financial than an accounting valuation.e.is adjusted to market value whenever the market value exceeds the stated bookvalue.MARKET VALUEa 26. When making financial decisions related to assets, you should:a.always consider market values.b.place more emphasis on book values than on market values.c.rely primarily on the value of assets as shown on the balance sheet.d.place primary emphasis on historical costs.e.only consider market values if they are less than book values.INCOME STATEMENTd 27. As seen on an income statement:a.interest is deducted from income and increases the total taxes incurred.b.the tax rate is applied to the earnings before interest and taxes when the firm hasboth depreciation and interest expenses.c.depreciation is shown as an expense but does not affect the taxes payable.d.depreciation reduces both the pretax income and the net income.e.interest expense is added to earnings before interest and taxes to get pretaxincome.EARNINGS PER SHAREa 28. The earnings per share will:a. increase as net income increases.b.increase as the number of shares outstanding increase.c.decrease as the total revenue of the firm increases.d.increase as the tax rate increases.e.decrease as the costs decrease.DIVIDENDS PER SHAREe 29. Dividends per share:a. increase as the net income increases as long as the number of shares outstandingremains constant.b.decrease as the number of shares outstanding decrease, all else constant.c.are inversely related to the earnings per share.d.are based upon the dividend requirements established by Generally AcceptedAccounting Procedures.e.are equal to the amount of net income distributed to shareholders divided by thenumber of shares outstanding.REALIZATION PRINCIPLEb 30. According to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles,a.income is recorded based on the matching principle.b.income is recorded based on the realization principle.c.costs are recorded based on the liquidity principle. income is recorded based on the realization principle.e.depreciation is recorded as it affects the cash flows of a firm.MATCHING PRINCIPLEc 31. According to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, costs are:a. recorded as incurred.b. recorded when paid.c. matched with revenues.d. matched with production levels.e. expensed as management desires.NONCASH ITEMSa 32. Depreciation:a. is a noncash expense that is recorded on the income statement.b.increases the net fixed assets as shown on the balance sheet.c.reduces both the net fixed assets and the costs of a firm.d.is a non-cash expense which increases the net operating income.e.decreases net fixed assets, net income, and operating cash flows.MARGINAL TAX RATEc 33. When you are making a financial decision, the most relevant tax rate is the _____rate.a. averageb.fixedc.marginald.totale.variableOPERATING CASH FLOWa 34. An increase in which one of the following will cause the operating cash flow toincrease?a. depreciationb.change in net working capital working capitald.taxese.costsCHANGE IN NET WORKING CAPITALe 35. A firm starts its year with a positive net working capital. During the year, the firmacquires more short-term debt than it does short-term assets. This means that:a. the ending net working capital will be negative.b. both accounts receivable and inventory decreased during the year.c. the beginning current assets were less than the beginning current liabilities.d. accounts payable increased and inventory decreased during the year.e. the ending net working capital can be positive, negative, or equal to zero.CASH FLOW TO CREDITORSc 36. The cash flow to creditors includes the cash:a.received by the firm when payments are paid to suppliers.b.outflow of the firm when new debt is acquired.c. outflow when interest is paid on outstanding debt.d. inflow when accounts payable decreases.e. received when long-term debt is paid off.CASH FLOW TO STOCKHOLDERSa 37. Cash flow to stockholders must be positive when:a.the dividends paid exceed the net new equity raised.b.the net sale of common stock exceeds the amount of dividends paid.c.no income is distributed but new shares of stock are sold.d.both the cash flow to assets and the cash flow to creditors are negative.e.both the cash flow to assets and the cash flow to creditors are positive.BALANCE SHEETb 38. Which equality is the basis for the balance sheet?a. Fixed Assets = Stockholder's Equity + Current Assetsb. Assets = Liabilities + Stockholder's Equityc. Assets = Current Long-Term Debt + Retained Earningsd. Fixed Assets = Liabilities + Stockholder's Equitye. None of the above.BALANCE SHEETa 39. Assets are listed on the balance sheet in order of:a. decreasing liquidity.b. decreasing size.c. increasing size.d. relative life.e. None of the above.DEBTe 40. Debt is a contractual obligation that:a. requires the payout of residual flows to the holders of these instruments.b. requires a repayment of a stated amount and interest over the period.c. allows the bondholders to sue the firm if it defaults.d. Both A and B.e. Both B and C.CARRYING VALUEa 41. The carrying value or book value of assets:a. is determined under GAAP and is based on the cost of the asset.b. represents the true market value according to GAAP.c. is always the best measure of the company's value to an investor.d. is always higher than the replacement cost of the assets.e. None of the above.GAAPd 42. Under GAAP, the value of all the firm's assets are reported at:a. market value.b. liquidation value.c. intrinsic value.d. cost.e. None of the above.INCOME STATEMENTe 43. Which of the following statements concerning the income statement is true?a. It measures performance over a specific period of time.b. It determines after-tax income of the firm.c. It includes deferred taxes.d. It treats interest as an expense.e. All of the above.GAAP INCOME RECOGNITIONb 44. According generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), revenue isrecognized as income when:a. a contract is signed to perform a service or deliver a good.b. the transaction is complete and the goods or services are delivered.c. payment is requested.d. income taxes are paid.e. All of the above.OPERATING CASH FLOWb 45. Which of the following is not included in the computation of operating cash flow?a. Earnings before interest and taxesb. Interest paidc. Depreciationd. Current taxese. All of the above are included.NET CAPITAL SPENDINGb 46. Net capital spending is equal to:a. net additions to net working capital.b. the net change in fixed assets.c. net income plus depreciation.d. total cash flow to stockholders less interest and dividends paid.e. the change in total assets.CASH FLOW TO STOCKHOLDERSd 47. Cash flow to stockholders is defined as:a. interest payments.b. repurchases of equity less cash dividends paid plus new equity sold.c. cash flow from financing less cash flow to creditors.d. cash dividends plus repurchases of equity minus new equity financing.e. None of the above.FREE CASH FLOWd 48. Free cash flow is:a. without cost to the firm.b. net income plus taxes.c. an increase in net working capital.d. cash flow in excess of that required to fund profitable capital projects.e. None of the above.CASH FLOWd 49. The cash flow of the firm must be equal to:a. cash flow to equity minus cash flow to debtholders.b. cash flow to debtholders minus cash flow to equity.c. cash flow to governments plus cash flow to equity.d. cash flow to equity plus cash flow to debtholders.e. None of the above.STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWSa 50. Which of the following are all components of the statement of cash flows?a. Cash flow from operating activities, cash flow from investing activities, and cashflow from financing activitiesb. Cash flow from operating activities, cash flow from investing activities, andcashflow from divesting activitiesc. Cash flow from internal activities, cash flow from external activities, and cash flowfrom financing activitiesd. Cash flow from brokering activities, cash flow from profitable activities, and cashflow from non-profitable activitiese. None of the above.III. PROBLEMSCURRENT ASSETSb 51. A firm has $300 in inventory, $600 in fixed assets, $200 in accounts receivables,$100 in accounts payable, and $50 in cash. What is the amount of the currentassets?a. $500b. $550c. $600d. $1,150e. $1,200NET WORKING CAPITALb 52. The total assets are $900, the fixed assets are $600, long-term debt is $500, andshort-term debt is $200. What is the amount of net working capital?a. $0b. $100c. $200d. $300e. $400LIQUIDITYd 53. Brad’s Company has equipment with a book value of $500 that could be soldtoday at a 50 percent discount. Their inventory is valued at $400 and could besold to a competitor for that amount. The firm has $50 in cash and customersowe them $300. What is the accounting value of their liquid assets?a. $50b. $350c. $700d. $750e. $1,000BOOK VALUEc 54. Martha’s Enterprises spent $2,400 to purchase equipment three years ago. Thisequipment is currently valued at $1,800 on today’s balance sheet but couldactually be sold for $2,000. Net working capital is $200 and long-term debt is$800. What is the book value of shareholders’ equity?a.$200b.$800c.$1,200d.$1,400e. The answer cannot be determined from the information provided.NET INCOMEb 55. Art’s Boutique has sales of $640,000 and costs of $480,000. Interest expense is$40,000 and depreciation is $60,000. The tax rate is 34%. What is the net income?a. $20,400b. $39,600c. $50,400d. $79,600e. $99,600MARGINAL TAX RATEc 56. Given the tax rates as shown, what is the average tax rate for a firm with taxableincome of $126,500?Taxable Income Tax Rate$ 0 - 50,000 15%50,001 - 75,000 25%75,001 - 100,000 34%100,001 - 335,000 39%a.21.38 percentb.23.88 percentc.25.76 percentd.34.64 percente. 39.00 percentTAXESd 57. The tax rates are as shown. Your firm currently has taxable income of $79,400.How much additional tax will you owe if you increase your taxable income by$21,000?Taxable Income Tax Rate$ 0 - 50,000 15%50,001 - 75,000 25%75,001 - 100,000 34%100,001 - 335,000 39%a.$7,004b.$7,014c.$7,140d.$7,160e.$7,174OPERATING CASH FLOWd 58. Your firm has net income of $198 on total sales of $1,200. Costs are $715 anddepreciation is $145. The tax rate is 34 percent. The firm does not have interestexpenses. What is the operating cash flow?a.$93b.$241c.$340d.$383e. $485NET CAPITAL SPENDINGc. 59. Teddy’s Pillows has beginning net fixed assets of $480 and ending net fixedassets of $530. Assets valued at $300 were sold during the year. Depreciation was$40. What is the amount of capital spending?a.$10b.$50c.$90d.$260e.$390CHANGE IN NET WORKING CAPITALb 60. At the beginning of the year, a firm has current assets of $380 and currentliabilities of $210. At the end of the year, the current assets are $410 and thecurrent liabilities are $250. What is the change in net working capital?a.-$30b.-$10c.$0d.$10e. $30CASH FLOW TO CREDITORSe 61. At the beginning of the year, long-term debt of a firm is $280 and total debt is$340. At the end of the year, long-term debt is $260 and total debt is $350. Theinterest paid is $30. What is the amount of the cash flow to creditors?a.-$50b.-$20c.$20d.$30e. $50CASH FLOW TO CREDITORSa 62. Pete’s Boats has beginning long-term debt of $180 and ending long-term debtof $210. The beginning and ending total debt balances are $340 and $360,respectively. The interest paid is $20. What is the amount of the cash flow tocreditors?a.-$10b.$0c.$10d.$40e. $50CASH FLOW TO STOCKHOLDERSa 63. Peggy Grey’s Cookies has net income of $360. The firm pays out 40 percent ofthe net income to its shareholders as dividends. During the year, the companysold $80 worth of common stock. What is the cash flow to stockholders?a.$64b.$136c.$144d.$224e. $296CASH FLOW TO STOCKHOLDERSa 64. Thompson’s Jet Skis has operating cash flow of $218. Depreciation is $45 andinterest paid is $35. A net total of $69 was paid on long-term debt. The firm spent$180 on fixed assets and increased net working capital by $38. What is theamount of the cash flow to stockholders?a.-$104b.-$28c.$28d.$114e. $142The following balance sheet and income statement should be used for questions #65 through #71:Nabors, Inc.2005 Income Statement($ in millions)Net sales $9,610Less: Cost of goods sold 6,310Less: Depreciation 1,370Earnings before interest and taxes 1,930Less: Interest paid 630Taxable Income $1,300Less: Taxes 455Net income $ 845Nabors, Inc.2004 and 2005 Balance Sheets($ in millions)2004 2005 2004 2005 Cash $ 310 $ 405 Accounts payable $ 2,720 $ 2,570 Accounts rec. 2,640 3,055 Notes payable 100 0 Inventory 3,275 3,850 Total $ 2,820 $ 2,570 Total $ 6,225 $ 7,310 Long-term debt 7,875 8,100Net fixed assets 10,960 10,670 Common stock 5,000 5,250Retained earnings 1,490 2,060 Total assets $17,185 $17,980 Total liab.& equity $17,185 $17,980CHANGE IN NET WORKING CAPITALc 65. What is the change in the net working capital from 2004 to 2005?a.$1,235b.$1,035c.$1,335d.$3,405e.$4,740NONCASH EXPENSESd 66. What is the amount of the non-cash expenses for 2005?a.$570c.$845d.$1,370e. $2,000NET CAPITAL SPENDINGc 67. What is the amount of the net capital spending for 2005?a.-$290b.$795c.$1,080d.$1,660e.$2,165OPERATING CASH FLOWd 68. What is the operating cash flow for 2005?a.$845b.$1,930c.$2,215d.$2,845e.$3,060CASH FLOW OF THE FIRMa 69. What is the cash flow of the firm for 2005?a.$430b.$485c.$1,340d.$2,590e.$3,100NET NEW BORROWINGe 70. What is the amount of net new borrowing for 2005?a.-$225b.-$25c.$0d.$25e.$225CASH FLOW TO CREDITORSd 71. What is the cash flow to creditors for 2005?a.-$405b.-$225c.$225d.$405The following information should be used for questions #72 through #79:Knickerdoodles, Inc.2004 2005Sales $ 740 $ 785COGS 430 460Interest 33 35Dividends 16 17Depreciation 250 210Cash 70 75Accounts receivables 563 502Current liabilities 390 405Inventory 662 640Long-term debt 340 410Net fixed assets 1,680 1,413Common stock 700 235Tax rate 35% 35%NET WORKING CAPITALd 72. What is the net working capital for 2005?a.$345b.$405c.$805d.$812e.$1,005CHANGE IN NET WORKING CAPITALa 73. What is the change in net working capital from 2004 to 2005?a.-$93b.-$7c.$7d.$85e.$97NET CAPITAL SPENDINGb 74. What is net capital spending for 2005?a.-$250b.-$57c.$0d.$57e.$477OPERATING CASH FLOWb 75. What is the operating cash flow for 2005?a.$143b.$297c.$325d.$353e.$367CASH FLOW OF THE FIRMd 76. What is the cash flow of the firm for 2005?a.$50b.$247c.$297d.$447e.$517NET NEW BORROWINGd 77. What is net new borrowing for 2005?a.-$70b.-$35c.$35d.$70e.$105CASH FLOW TO CREDITORSb 78. What is the cash flow to creditors for 2005?a.-$170b.-$35c.$135d.$170e.$205CASH FLOW TO STOCKHOLDERSd 79. What is the cash flow to stockholders for 2005?a.$408b.$417c.$452d.$482e.$503The following information should be used for questions #80 through #82:2005Cost of goods sold $3,210Interest $215Dividends $160Depreciation $375Change in retained earnings $360Tax rate 35%TAXABLE INCOMEe 80. What is the taxable income for 2005?a.$360b.$520c.$640d.$780e.$800OPERATING CASH FLOWd 81. What is the operating cash flow for 2005?a.$520b.$800c.$1,015d.$1,110e.$1,390SALESc 82. What are the sales for 2005?a.$4,225b.$4,385c.$4,600d.$4,815e. $5,000NET INCOMEb 83. Calculate net income based on the following information. Sales are $250; Cost ofgoods sold is $160; Depreciation expense is $35; Interest paid is $20; and the taxrate is 34%.a. $11.90b. $23.10c. $35.00d. $36.30e. $46.20IV. ESSAYSLIQUID ASSETS84. What is a liquid asset and why is it necessary for a firm to maintain a reasonable levelof liquid assets?Liquid assets are those that can be sold quickly with little or no loss in value. A firm that has sufficient liquidity will be less likely to experience financial distress.OPERATING CASH FLOW85. Why is interest expense excluded from the operating cash flow calculation?Operating cash flow is designed to represent the cash flow a firm generates from its day-to-day operating activities. Interest expense arises out of a financing choice and thus should be considered as a cash flow to creditors.CASH FLOW AND ACCOUNTING STATEMENTS86. Explain why the income statement is not a good representation of cash flow.Most income statements contain some noncash items, so these must be accounted for when calculating cash flows. More importantly, however, since GAAP is used to create income statements, revenues and expenses are booked when they accrue, not when their corresponding cash flows occur.BOOK VALUE AND MARKET VALUE87. Discuss the difference between book values and market values on the balance sheetand explain which is more important to the financial manager and why.The accounts on the balance sheet are generally carried at historical cost, not market values. Although the book value of current assets and current liabilities may closely approximate market values, the same cannot be said for the rest of the balance sheet accounts. Ultimately, the financial manager should focus on the firm’s stock price, which is a market value measure. Hence, market values are more meaningful than book values.ADDITION TO RETAINED EARNINGS88. Note that in all of our cash flow computations to determine cash flow of the firm, wenever include the addition to retained earnings. Why not? Is this an oversight?The addition to retained earnings is not a cash flow. It is simply an accounting entry that reconciles the balance sheet. Any additions to retained earnings will show up as cash flow changes in other balance sheet accounts.DEPRECIATION AND CASH FLOW89. Note that we added depreciation back to operating cash flow and to additions to fixedassets. Why add it back twice? Isn’t this double-counting?In both cases, depreciation is added back because it was previously subtracted when obtaining ending balances of net income and fixed assets. Also, since depreciation is a noncash expense, we need to add it back in both instances, so there is no double counting.TAX LIABILITIES AND CASH FLOW90. Sometimes when businesses are critically delinquent on their tax liabilities, the taxauthority comes in and literally seizes the business by chasing all of the employees out of the building and changing the locks. What does this tell you about the importance of taxes relative to our discussion of cash flow? Why might a business owner want to avoid such an occurrence?Taxes must be paid in cash, and in this case, they are one of the most important components of cash flow. The reputation of a business can undergo irreparable harm if word gets out that the tax authorities have confiscated the business, even if only fora couple of hours until the business owner can come up with the money to clear upthe tax problem. The bottom line is if the owner can’t come up with the cash, the tax authority has effectively put them out of business.CASH FLOW OF THE FIRM94. Interpret, in words, what cash flow of the firm represents by discussing operating cashflow, changes in net working capital, and additions to fixed assets.Operating cash flow is the cash flow a firm generates from its day-to-day operations.In other words, it is the cash inflow generated as a result of putting the firm’s assets to work. Changes in net working capital and fixed assets represent investments a firm makes in these assets. That is, a firm typically takes some of the cash flow it generates from using assets and reinvests it in new assets. Cash flow of the firm, then, is the cash flow a firm generates by employing its assets, net of any acquisitions.。